tandem/camper
tandem
/
camper
2
0
Fork 0
Code Issues 7 Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
camper/po/ca.po

1740 lines
50 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

Add the skeleton of the web application It does nothing more than to server a single page that does nothing interesting. This time i do not use a router. Instead, i am trying out a technique i have seen in an article[0] that i have tried in other, smaller, projects and seems to work surprisingly well: it just “cuts off” the URI path by path, passing the request from handler to handler until it finds its way to a handler that actually serves the request. That helps to loosen the coupling between the application and lower handlers, and makes dependencies explicit, because i need to pass the locale, company, etc. down instead of storing them in contexts. Let’s see if i do not regret it on a later date. I also made a lot more packages that in Numerus. In Numerus i actually only have the single pkg package, and it works, kind of, but i notice how i name my methods to avoid clashing instead of using packages for that. That is, instead of pkg.NewApp i now have app.New. Initially i thought that Locale should be inside app, but then there was a circular dependency between app and template. That is why i created a separate package, but now i am wondering if template should be inside app too, but then i would have app.MustRenderTemplate instead of template.MustRender. The CSS is the most bare-bones file i could write because i am focusing in markup right now; Oriol will fill in the file once the application is working. [0]: https://blog.merovius.de/posts/2017-06-18-how-not-to-use-an-http-router/
2023-07-22 22:11:00 +00:00
# Catalan translations for camper package
# Traduccions al català del paquet «camper».
# Copyright (C) 2023 THE camper'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the camper package.
# jordi fita mas <jordi@tandem.blog>, 2023.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: camper\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jordi@tandem.blog\n"
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-21 17:32+0100\n"
Add the skeleton of the web application It does nothing more than to server a single page that does nothing interesting. This time i do not use a router. Instead, i am trying out a technique i have seen in an article[0] that i have tried in other, smaller, projects and seems to work surprisingly well: it just “cuts off” the URI path by path, passing the request from handler to handler until it finds its way to a handler that actually serves the request. That helps to loosen the coupling between the application and lower handlers, and makes dependencies explicit, because i need to pass the locale, company, etc. down instead of storing them in contexts. Let’s see if i do not regret it on a later date. I also made a lot more packages that in Numerus. In Numerus i actually only have the single pkg package, and it works, kind of, but i notice how i name my methods to avoid clashing instead of using packages for that. That is, instead of pkg.NewApp i now have app.New. Initially i thought that Locale should be inside app, but then there was a circular dependency between app and template. That is why i created a separate package, but now i am wondering if template should be inside app too, but then i would have app.MustRenderTemplate instead of template.MustRender. The CSS is the most bare-bones file i could write because i am focusing in markup right now; Oriol will fill in the file once the application is working. [0]: https://blog.merovius.de/posts/2017-06-18-how-not-to-use-an-http-router/
2023-07-22 22:11:00 +00:00
"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-22 23:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: jordi fita mas <jordi@tandem.blog>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan <ca@dodds.net>\n"
"Language: ca\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/payment/success.gohtml:6
#: web/templates/public/payment/success.gohtml:11
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Payment Successful"
msgstr "Pagament amb èxit"
#: web/templates/public/payment/request.gohtml:6
#: web/templates/public/payment/request.gohtml:11
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Payment"
msgstr "Pagament"
Remove “Party Details” from booking form, and stylize it a bit
2023-12-12 22:16:04 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/payment/request.gohtml:23
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Pay"
msgstr "Paga"
#: web/templates/public/payment/failure.gohtml:6
#: web/templates/public/payment/failure.gohtml:11
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Payment Failed"
msgstr "Ha fallat el pagament"
Add the services page This page is more or less similar to home, in terms of database: it has a carousel and a list of items; in this case, the definition of campsite services. As i said early, when adding the home carousel, this carousel has its own relation and set of functions to manage slides. They are also duplicated in Go code, but i think i will need to refactor it later to a carousel package or something like that, because both relations have the exact same fields and types, so it makes no sense to have twice the same code. I already did it with the CSS and JavaScript code, mostly because it was easier to replace the `.surroundings div` selector with `.carousel`, and because that way i can have a single template that loads and initializes Slick. There is no UI to create or edit service definitions, although there are the SQL functions, because i have no more time now, and Oriol needs to check that the style is correct for that page.
2023-09-17 01:42:16 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/services.gohtml:6
#: web/templates/public/services.gohtml:15
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:52 web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:79
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:66
Add the services page This page is more or less similar to home, in terms of database: it has a carousel and a list of items; in this case, the definition of campsite services. As i said early, when adding the home carousel, this carousel has its own relation and set of functions to manage slides. They are also duplicated in Go code, but i think i will need to refactor it later to a carousel package or something like that, because both relations have the exact same fields and types, so it makes no sense to have twice the same code. I already did it with the CSS and JavaScript code, mostly because it was easier to replace the `.surroundings div` selector with `.carousel`, and because that way i can have a single template that loads and initializes Slick. There is no UI to create or edit service definitions, although there are the SQL functions, because i have no more time now, and Oriol needs to check that the style is correct for that page.
2023-09-17 01:42:16 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Serveis"
#: web/templates/public/services.gohtml:18
msgid "The campsite offers many different services."
msgstr "El càmping disposa de diversos serveis."
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/home.gohtml:6 web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:37
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:77
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Inici"
Add the sample campsite types to the demo file Since campsite types need a media, i have to insert also images to the media relation. The best would be to use PostgreSQL’s pg_read_binary_file to read the media content from actual files when inserting the new rows, but the files need to be within the database cluster directory, or have to use an absolute path when running as a superuser to read from files outside the cluster directory, which means that it would depend on the path where i leave the files, that is different in development that in staging. To avoid that problem i can simply insert the rows using their base64 strings, with PostgreSQL’s decode. The images are kind of small, but i was worried that each change in demo.sql would duplicate that data in git, even if the change is not related to the images, because git stores the whole file; even if small, soon everything adds up. I do not care if the _final_ demo.sql is big, as this file is packaged in a different deb and is only installed in staging, so i’ve chosen to use m4 to build a single “amalgamated” SQL file from the base .sql file and the individual image files converted to base64 strings. That way, each image is individually managed by git and the base .sql file does not balloon up for each little change. Changed m4’s quotes to [[ ]] because the default ` ' was interfering with Intellij’s syntax highlighting.
2023-09-10 01:57:46 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/home.gohtml:17
Add the first test for the front end design As previously stated, web made the design with an external tool and had to “convert” it to proper CSS and HTML markup. Unfortunately, the original design uses slick, that requires jQuery; i can’t do anything about it now. Disabled most of the menu and language switcher because it is not in the design yet.
2023-09-05 02:40:48 +00:00
msgid "The pleasure of camping in the middle of nature…"
msgstr "El plaer d’acampar en plena natura…"
Add the sample campsite types to the demo file Since campsite types need a media, i have to insert also images to the media relation. The best would be to use PostgreSQL’s pg_read_binary_file to read the media content from actual files when inserting the new rows, but the files need to be within the database cluster directory, or have to use an absolute path when running as a superuser to read from files outside the cluster directory, which means that it would depend on the path where i leave the files, that is different in development that in staging. To avoid that problem i can simply insert the rows using their base64 strings, with PostgreSQL’s decode. The images are kind of small, but i was worried that each change in demo.sql would duplicate that data in git, even if the change is not related to the images, because git stores the whole file; even if small, soon everything adds up. I do not care if the _final_ demo.sql is big, as this file is packaged in a different deb and is only installed in staging, so i’ve chosen to use m4 to build a single “amalgamated” SQL file from the base .sql file and the individual image files converted to base64 strings. That way, each image is individually managed by git and the base .sql file does not balloon up for each little change. Changed m4’s quotes to [[ ]] because the default ` ' was interfering with Intellij’s syntax highlighting.
2023-09-10 01:57:46 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/home.gohtml:18
Add the first test for the front end design As previously stated, web made the design with an external tool and had to “convert” it to proper CSS and HTML markup. Unfortunately, the original design uses slick, that requires jQuery; i can’t do anything about it now. Disabled most of the menu and language switcher because it is not in the design yet.
2023-09-05 02:40:48 +00:00
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Booking"
msgstr "Reserva"
Add the sample campsite types to the demo file Since campsite types need a media, i have to insert also images to the media relation. The best would be to use PostgreSQL’s pg_read_binary_file to read the media content from actual files when inserting the new rows, but the files need to be within the database cluster directory, or have to use an absolute path when running as a superuser to read from files outside the cluster directory, which means that it would depend on the path where i leave the files, that is different in development that in staging. To avoid that problem i can simply insert the rows using their base64 strings, with PostgreSQL’s decode. The images are kind of small, but i was worried that each change in demo.sql would duplicate that data in git, even if the change is not related to the images, because git stores the whole file; even if small, soon everything adds up. I do not care if the _final_ demo.sql is big, as this file is packaged in a different deb and is only installed in staging, so i’ve chosen to use m4 to build a single “amalgamated” SQL file from the base .sql file and the individual image files converted to base64 strings. That way, each image is individually managed by git and the base .sql file does not balloon up for each little change. Changed m4’s quotes to [[ ]] because the default ` ' was interfering with Intellij’s syntax highlighting.
2023-09-10 01:57:46 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/home.gohtml:31
Add the first test for the front end design As previously stated, web made the design with an external tool and had to “convert” it to proper CSS and HTML markup. Unfortunately, the original design uses slick, that requires jQuery; i can’t do anything about it now. Disabled most of the menu and language switcher because it is not in the design yet.
2023-09-05 02:40:48 +00:00
msgid "Our services"
msgstr "Els nostres serveis"
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/home.gohtml:33
msgid "Come and enjoy!"
msgstr "Vine a gaudir!"
#: web/templates/public/home.gohtml:35
Add the services page This page is more or less similar to home, in terms of database: it has a carousel and a list of items; in this case, the definition of campsite services. As i said early, when adding the home carousel, this carousel has its own relation and set of functions to manage slides. They are also duplicated in Go code, but i think i will need to refactor it later to a carousel package or something like that, because both relations have the exact same fields and types, so it makes no sense to have twice the same code. I already did it with the CSS and JavaScript code, mostly because it was easier to replace the `.surroundings div` selector with `.carousel`, and because that way i can have a single template that loads and initializes Slick. There is no UI to create or edit service definitions, although there are the SQL functions, because i have no more time now, and Oriol needs to check that the style is correct for that page.
2023-09-17 01:42:16 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:6
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:10
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:53 web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:80
Add the services page This page is more or less similar to home, in terms of database: it has a carousel and a list of items; in this case, the definition of campsite services. As i said early, when adding the home carousel, this carousel has its own relation and set of functions to manage slides. They are also duplicated in Go code, but i think i will need to refactor it later to a carousel package or something like that, because both relations have the exact same fields and types, so it makes no sense to have twice the same code. I already did it with the CSS and JavaScript code, mostly because it was easier to replace the `.surroundings div` selector with `.carousel`, and because that way i can have a single template that loads and initializes Slick. There is no UI to create or edit service definitions, although there are the SQL functions, because i have no more time now, and Oriol needs to check that the style is correct for that page.
2023-09-17 01:42:16 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
Change home’s texts to English and add Catalan and Spanish translations
2023-09-11 02:20:21 +00:00
msgid "Surroundings"
Add the services page This page is more or less similar to home, in terms of database: it has a carousel and a list of items; in this case, the definition of campsite services. As i said early, when adding the home carousel, this carousel has its own relation and set of functions to manage slides. They are also duplicated in Go code, but i think i will need to refactor it later to a carousel package or something like that, because both relations have the exact same fields and types, so it makes no sense to have twice the same code. I already did it with the CSS and JavaScript code, mostly because it was easier to replace the `.surroundings div` selector with `.carousel`, and because that way i can have a single template that loads and initializes Slick. There is no UI to create or edit service definitions, although there are the SQL functions, because i have no more time now, and Oriol needs to check that the style is correct for that page.
2023-09-17 01:42:16 +00:00
msgstr "L’entorn"
Add the first test for the front end design As previously stated, web made the design with an external tool and had to “convert” it to proper CSS and HTML markup. Unfortunately, the original design uses slick, that requires jQuery; i can’t do anything about it now. Disabled most of the menu and language switcher because it is not in the design yet.
2023-09-05 02:40:48 +00:00
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/home.gohtml:38
Change home’s texts to English and add Catalan and Spanish translations
2023-09-11 02:20:21 +00:00
msgid "Located in <strong>Alta Garrotxa</strong>, between the <strong>Pyrenees</strong> and the <strong>Costa Brava</strong>."
msgstr "Situats a l’<strong>Alta Garrotxa</strong>, entre els <strong>Pirineus</strong> i la <strong>Costa Brava</strong>."
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/home.gohtml:39
Change home’s texts to English and add Catalan and Spanish translations
2023-09-11 02:20:21 +00:00
msgid "Nearby there are the <strong>gorges of Sadernes</strong>, <strong>volcanoes</strong>, <strong>La Fageda d’en Jordà</strong>, the Jewish quarter of <strong>Besalú</strong>, the basaltic cliff of <strong>Castellfollit de la Roca</strong>… much to see and much to do."
msgstr "A prop teniu els <strong>gorgs de Sadernes</strong>, <strong>volcans</strong>, <strong>La Fageda d’en Jordà</strong>, el call jueu de <strong>Besalú</strong>, la cinglera basàltica de <strong>Castellfollit de la Roca</strong>… molt per veure i molt per fer."
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/home.gohtml:40
Change home’s texts to English and add Catalan and Spanish translations
2023-09-11 02:20:21 +00:00
msgid "Less than an hour from <strong>Girona</strong>, one from <strong>La Bisbal d’Empordà</strong>, and two from <strong>Barcelona</strong>."
msgstr "A menys d’una hora de <strong>Girona</strong>, a una de <strong>La Bisbal d’Empordà</strong> i a dues de <strong>Barcelona</strong>."
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/home.gohtml:41
Change home’s texts to English and add Catalan and Spanish translations
2023-09-11 02:20:21 +00:00
msgid "Discover the surroundings"
msgstr "Descobreix l’entorn"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:41
Add the booking form to type, and style page according to design
2023-10-13 19:59:45 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Check-in Date"
msgstr "Data d’entrada"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:47
Add the booking form to type, and style page according to design
2023-10-13 19:59:45 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Check-out Date"
msgstr "Data de sortida"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:54
Remove “Party Details” from booking form, and stylize it a bit
2023-12-12 22:16:04 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:155
Add the booking form to type, and style page according to design
2023-10-13 19:59:45 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Book"
msgstr "Reserva"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:60
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/form.gohtml:58
Add the campsite type cost per season
2023-10-01 19:14:39 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:73
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Prices"
msgstr "Preus"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:72
Show “Starting from” price with campsite types that have options In the old website, the prices where show with all the options, but in the new design only a single price is show, that in the case of campsites with options is the price per night of the “base” plus the minimum options selected.
2023-10-13 18:44:24 +00:00
msgid "Starting from %s €/night"
msgstr "A partir de %s €/nit"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:74
Add the campsite type cost per season
2023-10-01 19:14:39 +00:00
msgid "%s €/night"
msgstr "%s €/nit"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:77
Add the campsite type cost per season
2023-10-01 19:14:39 +00:00
msgid "*Minimum %d nights per stay"
msgstr "*Mínim %d nits per estada"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:89
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/index.gohtml:59
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Calendar"
msgstr "Calendari"
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:100
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Característiques"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:111
Add the info and facilities fields to campsite type I wish CKEditor would have support for <dl>, but it is unlikely that they will add any time soon[0], specially when in 2018 they already “forgotten”[1] that this was requested back in 2007[2]. Therefore, in the demo i did it more or less like in the original design, with “extra” <h4>, although i added them under a <h3>, to avoid “gaps” in the outline. [0]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775 [1]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775#issuecomment-358591747 [2]: https://dev.ckeditor.com/ticket/1333
2023-10-13 11:40:48 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Info"
msgstr "Informació"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:115
Add the info and facilities fields to campsite type I wish CKEditor would have support for <dl>, but it is unlikely that they will add any time soon[0], specially when in 2018 they already “forgotten”[1] that this was requested back in 2007[2]. Therefore, in the demo i did it more or less like in the original design, with “extra” <h4>, although i added them under a <h3>, to avoid “gaps” in the outline. [0]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775 [1]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775#issuecomment-358591747 [2]: https://dev.ckeditor.com/ticket/1333
2023-10-13 11:40:48 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Facilities"
msgstr "Equipaments"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/type.gohtml:119
Add the info and facilities fields to campsite type I wish CKEditor would have support for <dl>, but it is unlikely that they will add any time soon[0], specially when in 2018 they already “forgotten”[1] that this was requested back in 2007[2]. Therefore, in the demo i did it more or less like in the original design, with “extra” <h4>, although i added them under a <h3>, to avoid “gaps” in the outline. [0]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775 [1]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775#issuecomment-358591747 [2]: https://dev.ckeditor.com/ticket/1333
2023-10-13 11:40:48 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descripció"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campsite/calendar.gohtml:18
#: web/templates/admin/season/calendar.gohtml:16
msgctxt "day"
msgid "Mon"
msgstr "dl"
#: web/templates/public/campsite/calendar.gohtml:19
#: web/templates/admin/season/calendar.gohtml:17
msgctxt "day"
msgid "Tue"
msgstr "dt"
#: web/templates/public/campsite/calendar.gohtml:20
#: web/templates/admin/season/calendar.gohtml:18
msgctxt "day"
msgid "Wed"
msgstr "dc"
#: web/templates/public/campsite/calendar.gohtml:21
#: web/templates/admin/season/calendar.gohtml:19
msgctxt "day"
msgid "Thu"
msgstr "dj"
#: web/templates/public/campsite/calendar.gohtml:22
#: web/templates/admin/season/calendar.gohtml:20
msgctxt "day"
msgid "Fri"
msgstr "dv"
#: web/templates/public/campsite/calendar.gohtml:23
#: web/templates/admin/season/calendar.gohtml:21
msgctxt "day"
msgid "Sat"
msgstr "ds"
#: web/templates/public/campsite/calendar.gohtml:24
#: web/templates/admin/season/calendar.gohtml:22
msgctxt "day"
msgid "Sun"
msgstr "dg"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:28
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "What to Do Outside the Campsite?"
msgstr "Què fer des del càmping?"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:31
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "Campsite Montagut is an ideal starting point for quiet outings, climbing, swimming in the river and gorges, volcanoes, the Fageda d’en Jordà, cycle tours for all ages…."
msgstr "El Càmping Montagut és ideal com a punt de partida d’excursions tranquil·les, escalada, banyar-se en el riu i gorgues, volcans, la Fageda d’en Jordà, sortides amb bicicleta per a tots els nivells…."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:38
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "Get to the Costa Brava and enjoy the beaches, the gastronomy or go kayaking…."
msgstr "Arribar fins a la costa brava i gaudir de les platges, la gastronomia o anar amb caiac…."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:47
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "You will also find museums in Olot, Figures, Girona."
msgstr "També trobareu museus a Olot, Figueres, Girona."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:48
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "As well as music festivals, dance, theater…."
msgstr "Com festivals de música, dansa, teatre…."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:54
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Once at the Campsite, We Can Inform You about What Activities are Available"
msgstr "Un cop en el càmping, us podem informar de quines activitats fer"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:57
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "Cycle routes"
msgstr "Rutes amb bicicleta"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:58
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "There are many bicycle rental companies in Olot."
msgstr "A Olot podeu trobar empreses de lloguer de bicicletes."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:62
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "Routes"
msgstr "Rutes"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:63
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "Routes of all kinds, climbing, mountain passes, for all levels."
msgstr "Rutes de tota mena, escalada, ports de muntanya, per a tots els nivells."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:67
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "Family outing"
msgstr "Excursions familiars"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:68
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "Many outing possibilities, for all ages."
msgstr "Múltiples excursions per a totes les edats."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:72
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "Kayak"
msgstr "Caiac"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/surroundings.gohtml:73
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "There are several points where you can go by kayak, from sections of the Ter river as well as on the coast…."
msgstr "Hi ha diversos punts on poder anar amb caiac, des de trams del riu Ter com també a la costa…."
Add the campground page For now, this page only shows the map, that i had to create a new “files” template function to include it as an extra template file.
2023-10-06 20:14:11 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/campground.gohtml:6
#: web/templates/public/campground.gohtml:11
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:38 web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:78
Add the campground page For now, this page only shows the map, that i had to create a new “files” template function to include it as an extra template file.
2023-10-06 20:14:11 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Campground"
msgstr "El càmping"
Fix typo in Accommodation, and fix its translations
2023-12-13 22:45:29 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/contact.gohtml:6 web/templates/public/contact.gohtml:18
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:54 web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:81
Add the footer site map I created a common template to show the company address in the footer and the contact page, and then i realized Go did not like to output my phone URL in the anchor without having the tel: schema in the template. I then removed that variable and now the URL is created with tel: and the phone number with its spaces removed.
2023-10-06 20:02:59 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Contact"
msgstr "Contacte"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:6 web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:11
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:51
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Booking"
msgstr "Reserva"
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:15
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Customer Details"
msgstr "Detalls del client"
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:18
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Full name"
msgstr "Nom i cognoms"
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:27
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Address (optional)"
msgstr "Adreça (opcional)"
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:36
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Postcode (optional)"
msgstr "Codi postal (opcional)"
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:45
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Town or village (optional)"
msgstr "Població (opcional)"
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:54
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:98
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Country"
msgstr "País"
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:57
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgid "Choose a country"
msgstr "Esculli un país"
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:65 web/templates/admin/login.gohtml:22
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/profile.gohtml:35
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:50
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Email"
msgstr "Correu-e"
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:74
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:42
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Phone"
msgstr "Telèfon"
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:83
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
Fix typo in Accommodation, and fix its translations
2023-12-13 22:45:29 +00:00
msgid "Accommodation"
msgstr "Allotjaments"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
Remove “Party Details” from booking form, and stylize it a bit
2023-12-12 22:16:04 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:98
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Area preferences (optional)"
msgstr "Preferències d’àrea (opcional)"
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:120
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Booking Period"
msgstr "Període de reserva"
Remove “Party Details” from booking form, and stylize it a bit
2023-12-12 22:16:04 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:123
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Arrival date"
msgstr "Data d’arribada"
Remove “Party Details” from booking form, and stylize it a bit
2023-12-12 22:16:04 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:132
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Departure date"
msgstr "Data de sortida"
Remove “Party Details” from booking form, and stylize it a bit
2023-12-12 22:16:04 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:143
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "ACSI card? (optional)"
msgstr "Targeta ACSI? (opcional)"
Remove “Party Details” from booking form, and stylize it a bit
2023-12-12 22:16:04 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/booking.gohtml:150
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "I have read and I accept the reservation conditions"
msgstr "He llegit i accepto les condicions de reserves"
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:11 web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:32
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:110
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
msgid "Campsite Montagut"
msgstr "Càmping Montagut"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:23 web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:19
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
msgid "Skip to main content"
msgstr "Salta al contingut principal"
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:42 web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:88
Change “singular lodges” menu item to just “campsites”
2023-10-06 16:58:24 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/index.gohtml:6
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/index.gohtml:12
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:44 web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:75
Change “singular lodges” menu item to just “campsites”
2023-10-06 16:58:24 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Campsites"
msgstr "Allotjaments"
Add public page for campsite type, and function to edit them Had to export and move PublicPage struct to template because i can not import app from campsites/types: app already imports campsite for the http handler, and it, in turn, imports the types package for its own http handler; an import loop. Also had to replace PublicPage.MustRender with a Setup function because the page passed down to html/template was the PublicPage struct, not whatever struct embeds it. I was thinking more of Java inheritance here rather than struct embedding.
2023-08-08 00:29:14 +00:00
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:75
Add the footer site map I created a common template to show the company address in the footer and the contact page, and then i realized Go did not like to output my phone URL in the anchor without having the tel: schema in the template. I then removed that variable and now the URL is created with tel: and the phone number with its spaces removed.
2023-10-06 20:02:59 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Sections"
msgstr "Apartats"
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/public/layout.gohtml:107
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
msgid "<abbr title=\"Catalonia Tourism Registry\">RTC</abbr> <abbr title=\"Number\">#</abbr>%s"
msgstr "<abbr title=\"Número\">Núm.</abbr> <abbr title=\"Registre de Turisme de Catalunya\">RTC</abbr> %s"
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/form.gohtml:8
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/form.gohtml:25
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Edit Carousel Slide"
msgstr "Edició de la diapositiva del carrusel"
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/form.gohtml:10
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/form.gohtml:27
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "New Carousel Slide"
msgstr "Nova diapositiva del carrusel"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/form.gohtml:37
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/l10n.gohtml:20
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/form.gohtml:37
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/l10n.gohtml:20
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Caption"
msgstr "Llegenda"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/form.gohtml:47
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/form.gohtml:62
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/form.gohtml:47
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/form.gohtml:70
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/form.gohtml:78
Add the info and facilities fields to campsite type I wish CKEditor would have support for <dl>, but it is unlikely that they will add any time soon[0], specially when in 2018 they already “forgotten”[1] that this was requested back in 2007[2]. Therefore, in the demo i did it more or less like in the original design, with “extra” <h4>, although i added them under a <h3>, to avoid “gaps” in the outline. [0]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775 [1]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775#issuecomment-358591747 [2]: https://dev.ckeditor.com/ticket/1333
2023-10-13 11:40:48 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:129
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/form.gohtml:64
#: web/templates/admin/services/form.gohtml:69
#: web/templates/admin/media/form.gohtml:35
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Actualitza"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/form.gohtml:49
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/form.gohtml:64
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/form.gohtml:49
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/form.gohtml:72
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/form.gohtml:80
Add the info and facilities fields to campsite type I wish CKEditor would have support for <dl>, but it is unlikely that they will add any time soon[0], specially when in 2018 they already “forgotten”[1] that this was requested back in 2007[2]. Therefore, in the demo i did it more or less like in the original design, with “extra” <h4>, although i added them under a <h3>, to avoid “gaps” in the outline. [0]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775 [1]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775#issuecomment-358591747 [2]: https://dev.ckeditor.com/ticket/1333
2023-10-13 11:40:48 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:131
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/form.gohtml:66
#: web/templates/admin/services/form.gohtml:71
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Afegeix"
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/l10n.gohtml:7
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/l10n.gohtml:14
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Translate Carousel Slide to %s"
msgstr "Traducció de la diapositiva del carrusel a %s"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/l10n.gohtml:21
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/l10n.gohtml:21
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/l10n.gohtml:21
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/l10n.gohtml:21
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:21
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:33
Add the “spiel” for campsite types This is the text that introduces the carousel; it is not a spiel, but this is what i call it. It turns out that this text needs to have paragraphs and headings, much like home’s slider, rather than the one in services page, thus no need to change its font size or to align all items in the carousel in the middle.
2023-10-12 16:47:08 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:46
Add the info and facilities fields to campsite type I wish CKEditor would have support for <dl>, but it is unlikely that they will add any time soon[0], specially when in 2018 they already “forgotten”[1] that this was requested back in 2007[2]. Therefore, in the demo i did it more or less like in the original design, with “extra” <h4>, although i added them under a <h3>, to avoid “gaps” in the outline. [0]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775 [1]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775#issuecomment-358591747 [2]: https://dev.ckeditor.com/ticket/1333
2023-10-13 11:40:48 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:59
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:72
Add internationalization and localization to seasons
2023-10-03 19:14:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/l10n.gohtml:21
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/l10n.gohtml:21
#: web/templates/admin/services/l10n.gohtml:33
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgid "Source:"
msgstr "Origen:"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/l10n.gohtml:23
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/l10n.gohtml:23
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/l10n.gohtml:23
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/l10n.gohtml:23
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:23
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:36
Add the “spiel” for campsite types This is the text that introduces the carousel; it is not a spiel, but this is what i call it. It turns out that this text needs to have paragraphs and headings, much like home’s slider, rather than the one in services page, thus no need to change its font size or to align all items in the carousel in the middle.
2023-10-12 16:47:08 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:49
Add the info and facilities fields to campsite type I wish CKEditor would have support for <dl>, but it is unlikely that they will add any time soon[0], specially when in 2018 they already “forgotten”[1] that this was requested back in 2007[2]. Therefore, in the demo i did it more or less like in the original design, with “extra” <h4>, although i added them under a <h3>, to avoid “gaps” in the outline. [0]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775 [1]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775#issuecomment-358591747 [2]: https://dev.ckeditor.com/ticket/1333
2023-10-13 11:40:48 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:62
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:75
Add internationalization and localization to seasons
2023-10-03 19:14:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/l10n.gohtml:23
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/l10n.gohtml:23
#: web/templates/admin/services/l10n.gohtml:36
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Translation:"
msgstr "Traducció:"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/carousel/l10n.gohtml:32
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/l10n.gohtml:32
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/l10n.gohtml:32
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/l10n.gohtml:32
Add the info and facilities fields to campsite type I wish CKEditor would have support for <dl>, but it is unlikely that they will add any time soon[0], specially when in 2018 they already “forgotten”[1] that this was requested back in 2007[2]. Therefore, in the demo i did it more or less like in the original design, with “extra” <h4>, although i added them under a <h3>, to avoid “gaps” in the outline. [0]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775 [1]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775#issuecomment-358591747 [2]: https://dev.ckeditor.com/ticket/1333
2023-10-13 11:40:48 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:84
Add internationalization and localization to seasons
2023-10-03 19:14:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/l10n.gohtml:32
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/l10n.gohtml:45
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Translate"
msgstr "Tradueix"
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/form.gohtml:8
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/form.gohtml:25
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Edit Campsite Type Feature"
msgstr "Edició de les característiques del tipus d’allotjament"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/form.gohtml:10
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/form.gohtml:27
msgctxt "title"
msgid "New Campsite Type Feature"
msgstr "Nova característica de tipus d’allotjament"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/form.gohtml:34
#: web/templates/admin/services/form.gohtml:34
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icona"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/form.gohtml:52
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/l10n.gohtml:20
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/form.gohtml:34
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/l10n.gohtml:20
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:46
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:20
#: web/templates/admin/season/form.gohtml:46
#: web/templates/admin/season/l10n.gohtml:20
#: web/templates/admin/services/form.gohtml:52
#: web/templates/admin/services/l10n.gohtml:20
#: web/templates/admin/profile.gohtml:26
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nom"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/index.gohtml:6
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/index.gohtml:12
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Campsite Type Features"
msgstr "Característiques del tipus d’allotjaments"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/index.gohtml:11
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Add Feature"
msgstr "Afegeix característica"
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/index.gohtml:26
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/index.gohtml:25
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:25
#: web/templates/admin/season/index.gohtml:26
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nom"
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/index.gohtml:27
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/index.gohtml:27
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/index.gohtml:26
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:26
#: web/templates/admin/season/index.gohtml:27
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:27
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:73
#: web/templates/admin/home/index.gohtml:27
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
msgid "Translations"
msgstr "Traduccions"
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/index.gohtml:53
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
msgid "No campsite type features added yet."
msgstr "No s’ha afegit cap característica al tipus d’allotjament encara."
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/l10n.gohtml:7
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/feature/l10n.gohtml:14
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Translate Campsite Type Feature to %s"
msgstr "Traducció de la característica del tipus d’allotjament a %s"
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/form.gohtml:8
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/form.gohtml:25
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Edit Campsite Type Carousel Slide"
msgstr "Edició de la diapositiva del carrusel del tipus d’allotjament"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/form.gohtml:10
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/form.gohtml:27
msgctxt "title"
msgid "New Campsite Type Carousel Slide"
msgstr "Nova diapositiva del carrusel del tipus d’allotjament"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/index.gohtml:6
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/index.gohtml:11
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Campsite Type Carousel"
msgstr "Carrusel del tipus d’allotjament"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/index.gohtml:12
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:12
#: web/templates/admin/home/index.gohtml:12
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Add slide"
msgstr "Afegeix diapositiva"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/index.gohtml:25
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:25
#: web/templates/admin/home/index.gohtml:25
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Imatge"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/index.gohtml:26
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:26
#: web/templates/admin/home/index.gohtml:26
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
msgid "Caption"
msgstr "Llegenda"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/index.gohtml:28
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:28
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:74
#: web/templates/admin/home/index.gohtml:28
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
msgid "Actions"
msgstr "Accions"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/index.gohtml:32
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:32
#: web/templates/admin/home/index.gohtml:32
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
msgid "Are you sure you wish to delete this slide?"
msgstr "Esteu segur de voler esborrar aquesta diapositiva?"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/index.gohtml:55
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:54
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:93
#: web/templates/admin/home/index.gohtml:54
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Esborra"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/index.gohtml:64
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:63
#: web/templates/admin/home/index.gohtml:63
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
msgid "No slides added yet."
msgstr "No s’ha afegit cap diapositiva encara."
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/l10n.gohtml:7
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/carousel/l10n.gohtml:14
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Translate Campsite Type Carousel Slide to %s"
msgstr "Traducció de la diapositiva del carrusel del tipus d’allotjament a %s"
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/form.gohtml:8
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/form.gohtml:25
Add public page for campsite type, and function to edit them Had to export and move PublicPage struct to template because i can not import app from campsites/types: app already imports campsite for the http handler, and it, in turn, imports the types package for its own http handler; an import loop. Also had to replace PublicPage.MustRender with a Setup function because the page passed down to html/template was the PublicPage struct, not whatever struct embeds it. I was thinking more of Java inheritance here rather than struct embedding.
2023-08-08 00:29:14 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Edit Campsite"
msgstr "Edició de l’allotjament"
Add public page for campsite type, and function to edit them Had to export and move PublicPage struct to template because i can not import app from campsites/types: app already imports campsite for the http handler, and it, in turn, imports the types package for its own http handler; an import loop. Also had to replace PublicPage.MustRender with a Setup function because the page passed down to html/template was the PublicPage struct, not whatever struct embeds it. I was thinking more of Java inheritance here rather than struct embedding.
2023-08-08 00:29:14 +00:00
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/form.gohtml:10
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/form.gohtml:27
Add add_campsite_type function and call it from Go with a proper form This form has an “HTML field”, which is just a <textarea> but “improved” with the use of Automattic’s isolated block editor[0], a repackaged Gutenberg’s editor playground as full-featured multi-instance editor that does not require WordPress. I do not want to use Node to build this huge, over-engineered piece of … software. Therefore, i downloaded the released “browser” package, and added the required React bundle, like i do with HTMx. This will hold until i need a new custom block type; let’s hope i will not need it. [0]: https://github.com/Automattic/isolated-block-editor
2023-08-04 17:59:58 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgid "New Campsite"
msgstr "Nou allotjament"
Add add_campsite_type function and call it from Go with a proper form This form has an “HTML field”, which is just a <textarea> but “improved” with the use of Automattic’s isolated block editor[0], a repackaged Gutenberg’s editor playground as full-featured multi-instance editor that does not require WordPress. I do not want to use Node to build this huge, over-engineered piece of … software. Therefore, i downloaded the released “browser” package, and added the required React bundle, like i do with HTMx. This will hold until i need a new custom block type; let’s hope i will not need it. [0]: https://github.com/Automattic/isolated-block-editor
2023-08-04 17:59:58 +00:00
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/form.gohtml:37
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/index.gohtml:20
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgctxt "campsite"
Add the Active field to the campsite type’s edit form and function In the new form this field is hidden and always active, because it makes no sense to add an inactive campsite type.
2023-08-14 09:43:58 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Actiu"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/form.gohtml:46
Add add_campsite_type function and call it from Go with a proper form This form has an “HTML field”, which is just a <textarea> but “improved” with the use of Automattic’s isolated block editor[0], a repackaged Gutenberg’s editor playground as full-featured multi-instance editor that does not require WordPress. I do not want to use Node to build this huge, over-engineered piece of … software. Therefore, i downloaded the released “browser” package, and added the required React bundle, like i do with HTMx. This will hold until i need a new custom block type; let’s hope i will not need it. [0]: https://github.com/Automattic/isolated-block-editor
2023-08-04 17:59:58 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Campsite Type"
msgstr "Tipus d’allotjament"
Add add_campsite_type function and call it from Go with a proper form This form has an “HTML field”, which is just a <textarea> but “improved” with the use of Automattic’s isolated block editor[0], a repackaged Gutenberg’s editor playground as full-featured multi-instance editor that does not require WordPress. I do not want to use Node to build this huge, over-engineered piece of … software. Therefore, i downloaded the released “browser” package, and added the required React bundle, like i do with HTMx. This will hold until i need a new custom block type; let’s hope i will not need it. [0]: https://github.com/Automattic/isolated-block-editor
2023-08-04 17:59:58 +00:00
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/form.gohtml:51
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Select campsite type"
msgstr "Escolliu un tipus d’allotjament"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/form.gohtml:60
Add add_campsite_type function and call it from Go with a proper form This form has an “HTML field”, which is just a <textarea> but “improved” with the use of Automattic’s isolated block editor[0], a repackaged Gutenberg’s editor playground as full-featured multi-instance editor that does not require WordPress. I do not want to use Node to build this huge, over-engineered piece of … software. Therefore, i downloaded the released “browser” package, and added the required React bundle, like i do with HTMx. This will hold until i need a new custom block type; let’s hope i will not need it. [0]: https://github.com/Automattic/isolated-block-editor
2023-08-04 17:59:58 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
Add add_campsite_type function and call it from Go with a proper form This form has an “HTML field”, which is just a <textarea> but “improved” with the use of Automattic’s isolated block editor[0], a repackaged Gutenberg’s editor playground as full-featured multi-instance editor that does not require WordPress. I do not want to use Node to build this huge, over-engineered piece of … software. Therefore, i downloaded the released “browser” package, and added the required React bundle, like i do with HTMx. This will hold until i need a new custom block type; let’s hope i will not need it. [0]: https://github.com/Automattic/isolated-block-editor
2023-08-04 17:59:58 +00:00
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/form.gohtml:8
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/form.gohtml:25
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Edit Campsite Type Option"
msgstr "Edició de l’opció del tipus d’allotjament"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/form.gohtml:10
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/form.gohtml:27
msgctxt "title"
msgid "New Campsite Type Option"
msgstr "Nova opció del tipus d’allotjament"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/form.gohtml:42
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Minimum"
msgstr "Mínim"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/form.gohtml:50
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Maximum"
msgstr "Màxim"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/form.gohtml:64
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:79
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Price per night"
msgstr "Preu per nit"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/index.gohtml:6
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/index.gohtml:12
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Campsite Type Options"
msgstr "Opcions del tipus d’allotjament"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/index.gohtml:11
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Add Option"
msgstr "Afegeix opció"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/index.gohtml:52
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "No campsite type options added yet."
msgstr "No s’ha afegit cap opció al tipus d’allotjament encara."
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/l10n.gohtml:7
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/option/l10n.gohtml:14
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Translate Campsite Type Option to %s"
msgstr "Traducció de la opció del tipus d’allotjament a %s"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/index.gohtml:11
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Add Campsite"
msgstr "Afegeix allotjament"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/index.gohtml:18
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/index.gohtml:19
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipus"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/index.gohtml:28
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:59
#: web/templates/admin/season/index.gohtml:49
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sí"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/index.gohtml:28
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:59
#: web/templates/admin/season/index.gohtml:49
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgid "No"
msgstr "No"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/index.gohtml:34
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgid "No campsites added yet."
msgstr "No s’ha afegit cap allotjament encara."
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:8
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:25
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Edit Campsite Type"
msgstr "Edició del tipus d’allotjament"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:10
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:27
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "New Campsite Type"
msgstr "Nou tipus d’allotjament"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:37
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:30
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgctxt "campsite type"
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Actiu"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:57
Add max campers and dogs allowed fields to campsite types
2023-09-29 18:17:39 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Maximum number of campers"
msgstr "Número màxim de persones"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:67
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Dogs allowed"
msgstr "Es permeten gossos"
Add the campsite type cost per season
2023-10-01 19:14:39 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:87
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Minimum number of nights"
msgstr "Número mínim de nits"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:99
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:32
Add the “spiel” for campsite types This is the text that introduces the carousel; it is not a spiel, but this is what i call it. It turns out that this text needs to have paragraphs and headings, much like home’s slider, rather than the one in services page, thus no need to change its font size or to align all items in the carousel in the middle.
2023-10-12 16:47:08 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Spiel"
msgstr "Introducció"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:106
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:45
Add the info and facilities fields to campsite type I wish CKEditor would have support for <dl>, but it is unlikely that they will add any time soon[0], specially when in 2018 they already “forgotten”[1] that this was requested back in 2007[2]. Therefore, in the demo i did it more or less like in the original design, with “extra” <h4>, although i added them under a <h3>, to avoid “gaps” in the outline. [0]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775 [1]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775#issuecomment-358591747 [2]: https://dev.ckeditor.com/ticket/1333
2023-10-13 11:40:48 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Info"
msgstr "Informació"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:113
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:58
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Facilities"
msgstr "Equipaments"
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/form.gohtml:120
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:71
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/form.gohtml:60
#: web/templates/admin/services/l10n.gohtml:32
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descripció"
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:6
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:12
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:41
Add add_campsite_type function and call it from Go with a proper form This form has an “HTML field”, which is just a <textarea> but “improved” with the use of Automattic’s isolated block editor[0], a repackaged Gutenberg’s editor playground as full-featured multi-instance editor that does not require WordPress. I do not want to use Node to build this huge, over-engineered piece of … software. Therefore, i downloaded the released “browser” package, and added the required React bundle, like i do with HTMx. This will hold until i need a new custom block type; let’s hope i will not need it. [0]: https://github.com/Automattic/isolated-block-editor
2023-08-04 17:59:58 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Campsite Types"
msgstr "Tipus d’allotjaments"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:11
Add add_campsite_type function and call it from Go with a proper form This form has an “HTML field”, which is just a <textarea> but “improved” with the use of Automattic’s isolated block editor[0], a repackaged Gutenberg’s editor playground as full-featured multi-instance editor that does not require WordPress. I do not want to use Node to build this huge, over-engineered piece of … software. Therefore, i downloaded the released “browser” package, and added the required React bundle, like i do with HTMx. This will hold until i need a new custom block type; let’s hope i will not need it. [0]: https://github.com/Automattic/isolated-block-editor
2023-08-04 17:59:58 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Add Type"
msgstr "Afegeix tipus"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:27
Add add_campsite_type function and call it from Go with a proper form This form has an “HTML field”, which is just a <textarea> but “improved” with the use of Automattic’s isolated block editor[0], a repackaged Gutenberg’s editor playground as full-featured multi-instance editor that does not require WordPress. I do not want to use Node to build this huge, over-engineered piece of … software. Therefore, i downloaded the released “browser” package, and added the required React bundle, like i do with HTMx. This will hold until i need a new custom block type; let’s hope i will not need it. [0]: https://github.com/Automattic/isolated-block-editor
2023-08-04 17:59:58 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Característiques"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:28
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opcions"
Add add_campsite_type function and call it from Go with a proper form This form has an “HTML field”, which is just a <textarea> but “improved” with the use of Automattic’s isolated block editor[0], a repackaged Gutenberg’s editor playground as full-featured multi-instance editor that does not require WordPress. I do not want to use Node to build this huge, over-engineered piece of … software. Therefore, i downloaded the released “browser” package, and added the required React bundle, like i do with HTMx. This will hold until i need a new custom block type; let’s hope i will not need it. [0]: https://github.com/Automattic/isolated-block-editor
2023-08-04 17:59:58 +00:00
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:29
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
msgid "Carousel"
msgstr "Carrusel"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:51
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Edit Features"
msgstr "Edita les característiques"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:54
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Edit Options"
msgstr "Edita les opcions"
Add internationalization and localization of campsite types I am not happy with the localization interface for admins, but it is the easier that i could think of (for me, i guess), with a separate for each language. I am not at all proud of the use of RecordArray, but i did not see the need to create and register a type just to show the translation links. I might change my mind when i need to add more and more translation links, but only it the current interface remains, which i am not that sure at the moment.
2023-09-12 18:20:23 +00:00
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:57
Add the carousel for campsite types I can not reuse the carousel package because these carousels need the campsite site’s slug as a first parameters: i can not have a relation per campsite type, as i do in home and services pages, because the campsite types are added by administration types; even if i had a single relation for slides of home and services pages, these would go in a different relation due to the foreign key to campsite type. What i could reuse, however, is the Slide and SlideEntry types from that package, although i had to export carousel.Translation to be usable from the types package. I should change that to use locale.Translation, but this was the easier option, or i would need to change the queries and templates for carousel package too. Besides that, they work exactly like the slides in home and services pages.
2023-10-12 14:33:45 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Edit Carousel"
msgstr "Edita el carrusel"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/index.gohtml:66
Add add_campsite_type function and call it from Go with a proper form This form has an “HTML field”, which is just a <textarea> but “improved” with the use of Automattic’s isolated block editor[0], a repackaged Gutenberg’s editor playground as full-featured multi-instance editor that does not require WordPress. I do not want to use Node to build this huge, over-engineered piece of … software. Therefore, i downloaded the released “browser” package, and added the required React bundle, like i do with HTMx. This will hold until i need a new custom block type; let’s hope i will not need it. [0]: https://github.com/Automattic/isolated-block-editor
2023-08-04 17:59:58 +00:00
msgid "No campsite types added yet."
msgstr "No s’ha afegit cap tipus d’allotjament encara."
Add internationalization and localization of campsite types I am not happy with the localization interface for admins, but it is the easier that i could think of (for me, i guess), with a separate for each language. I am not at all proud of the use of RecordArray, but i did not see the need to create and register a type just to show the translation links. I might change my mind when i need to add more and more translation links, but only it the current interface remains, which i am not that sure at the moment.
2023-09-12 18:20:23 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:7
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/campsite/type/l10n.gohtml:14
Add internationalization and localization of campsite types I am not happy with the localization interface for admins, but it is the easier that i could think of (for me, i guess), with a separate for each language. I am not at all proud of the use of RecordArray, but i did not see the need to create and register a type just to show the translation links. I might change my mind when i need to add more and more translation links, but only it the current interface remains, which i am not that sure at the moment.
2023-09-12 18:20:23 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Translate Campsite Type to %s"
msgstr "Traducció del tipus d’allotjament a %s"
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/form.gohtml:8
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/form.gohtml:25
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Edit Season"
msgstr "Edició de la temporada"
#: web/templates/admin/season/form.gohtml:10
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/form.gohtml:27
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "New Season"
msgstr "Nova temporada"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/form.gohtml:37
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/index.gohtml:28
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgctxt "season"
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Activa"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/form.gohtml:54
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Color"
msgstr "Color"
#: web/templates/admin/season/index.gohtml:6
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/index.gohtml:12
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:47
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Seasons"
msgstr "Temporades"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/index.gohtml:11
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Add Season"
msgstr "Afegeix temporada"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/index.gohtml:25
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
msgid "Color"
msgstr "Color"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/index.gohtml:56
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgid "No seasons added yet."
msgstr "No s’ha afegit cap temporada encara."
Add internationalization and localization to seasons
2023-10-03 19:14:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/l10n.gohtml:7
#: web/templates/admin/season/l10n.gohtml:14
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Translate Season to %s"
msgstr "Traducció de la temporada a %s"
Add max campers and dogs allowed fields to campsite types
2023-09-29 18:17:39 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/season/calendar.gohtml:49
#: web/templates/admin/media/picker.gohtml:61
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Canceŀla"
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/payment.gohtml:6 web/templates/admin/payment.gohtml:12
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:38
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Payment Settings"
msgstr "Paràmetres de pagament"
#: web/templates/admin/payment.gohtml:17
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Merchant Code"
msgstr "Codi del comerç"
#: web/templates/admin/payment.gohtml:26
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Terminal Number"
msgstr "Número de terminal"
#: web/templates/admin/payment.gohtml:36
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Merchant Key (only if must change it)"
msgstr "Clau del comerç (només si s’ha de canviar)"
#: web/templates/admin/payment.gohtml:38
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Merchant Key"
msgstr "Clau del comerç"
#: web/templates/admin/payment.gohtml:48
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Environment"
msgstr "Entorn"
#: web/templates/admin/payment.gohtml:55
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Integration"
msgstr "Integració"
#: web/templates/admin/payment.gohtml:62 web/templates/admin/profile.gohtml:75
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:152
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Save changes"
msgstr "Desa els canvis"
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/dashboard.gohtml:6
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/dashboard.gohtml:10 web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:72
Get user from database based on cookie and serve login if not logged in To get the user from the database i have to set the cookie first, that was already done in database.MustAcquire, but i thought they were too far apart, even thought they are so related. So, the cookie, and thus the role, is set when getting the user, that is actually the first thing to do once the connection is acquired. However, that way the database package has no knowledge of cookies, and the code that sets the cookie and retrieves the user are next to each other. I applied the same logic to the changes of locale.Match: it has not business knowing that the accept language string comes from a request; it only needs the actual string. Also, the TODO comment about getting the user’s locale made no sense, now, because app already knows that locale, so there is no need to pass the user to the locale package. Getting the locale is done after retrieving the user from the database, for the same reason the connection is Acquired as far up as possible: almost every request will need this value, together with the user and the database connection. I am a bit affraid that i will end up with functions that always expect these three values. Maybe i can put the locale inside user, as it is the user’s locale, after all, no matter if it came from the database or the user agent, but connection and user must be separate, i think. We’ll see.
2023-07-25 23:50:39 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Dashboard"
msgstr "Tauler"
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/login.gohtml:6 web/templates/admin/login.gohtml:13
Add the skeleton of the web application It does nothing more than to server a single page that does nothing interesting. This time i do not use a router. Instead, i am trying out a technique i have seen in an article[0] that i have tried in other, smaller, projects and seems to work surprisingly well: it just “cuts off” the URI path by path, passing the request from handler to handler until it finds its way to a handler that actually serves the request. That helps to loosen the coupling between the application and lower handlers, and makes dependencies explicit, because i need to pass the locale, company, etc. down instead of storing them in contexts. Let’s see if i do not regret it on a later date. I also made a lot more packages that in Numerus. In Numerus i actually only have the single pkg package, and it works, kind of, but i notice how i name my methods to avoid clashing instead of using packages for that. That is, instead of pkg.NewApp i now have app.New. Initially i thought that Locale should be inside app, but then there was a circular dependency between app and template. That is why i created a separate package, but now i am wondering if template should be inside app too, but then i would have app.MustRenderTemplate instead of template.MustRender. The CSS is the most bare-bones file i could write because i am focusing in markup right now; Oriol will fill in the file once the application is working. [0]: https://blog.merovius.de/posts/2017-06-18-how-not-to-use-an-http-router/
2023-07-22 22:11:00 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Entrada"
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/login.gohtml:31 web/templates/admin/profile.gohtml:46
Add the skeleton of the web application It does nothing more than to server a single page that does nothing interesting. This time i do not use a router. Instead, i am trying out a technique i have seen in an article[0] that i have tried in other, smaller, projects and seems to work surprisingly well: it just “cuts off” the URI path by path, passing the request from handler to handler until it finds its way to a handler that actually serves the request. That helps to loosen the coupling between the application and lower handlers, and makes dependencies explicit, because i need to pass the locale, company, etc. down instead of storing them in contexts. Let’s see if i do not regret it on a later date. I also made a lot more packages that in Numerus. In Numerus i actually only have the single pkg package, and it works, kind of, but i notice how i name my methods to avoid clashing instead of using packages for that. That is, instead of pkg.NewApp i now have app.New. Initially i thought that Locale should be inside app, but then there was a circular dependency between app and template. That is why i created a separate package, but now i am wondering if template should be inside app too, but then i would have app.MustRenderTemplate instead of template.MustRender. The CSS is the most bare-bones file i could write because i am focusing in markup right now; Oriol will fill in the file once the application is working. [0]: https://blog.merovius.de/posts/2017-06-18-how-not-to-use-an-http-router/
2023-07-22 22:11:00 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Contrasenya"
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/login.gohtml:40
Add the skeleton of the web application It does nothing more than to server a single page that does nothing interesting. This time i do not use a router. Instead, i am trying out a technique i have seen in an article[0] that i have tried in other, smaller, projects and seems to work surprisingly well: it just “cuts off” the URI path by path, passing the request from handler to handler until it finds its way to a handler that actually serves the request. That helps to loosen the coupling between the application and lower handlers, and makes dependencies explicit, because i need to pass the locale, company, etc. down instead of storing them in contexts. Let’s see if i do not regret it on a later date. I also made a lot more packages that in Numerus. In Numerus i actually only have the single pkg package, and it works, kind of, but i notice how i name my methods to avoid clashing instead of using packages for that. That is, instead of pkg.NewApp i now have app.New. Initially i thought that Locale should be inside app, but then there was a circular dependency between app and template. That is why i created a separate package, but now i am wondering if template should be inside app too, but then i would have app.MustRenderTemplate instead of template.MustRender. The CSS is the most bare-bones file i could write because i am focusing in markup right now; Oriol will fill in the file once the application is working. [0]: https://blog.merovius.de/posts/2017-06-18-how-not-to-use-an-http-router/
2023-07-22 22:11:00 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Entra"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/form.gohtml:8
#: web/templates/admin/services/form.gohtml:25
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Edit Service"
msgstr "Edició de servei"
#: web/templates/admin/services/form.gohtml:10
#: web/templates/admin/services/form.gohtml:27
msgctxt "title"
msgid "New Service"
msgstr "Nou servei"
Add the services page This page is more or less similar to home, in terms of database: it has a carousel and a list of items; in this case, the definition of campsite services. As i said early, when adding the home carousel, this carousel has its own relation and set of functions to manage slides. They are also duplicated in Go code, but i think i will need to refactor it later to a carousel package or something like that, because both relations have the exact same fields and types, so it makes no sense to have twice the same code. I already did it with the CSS and JavaScript code, mostly because it was easier to replace the `.surroundings div` selector with `.carousel`, and because that way i can have a single template that loads and initializes Slick. There is no UI to create or edit service definitions, although there are the SQL functions, because i have no more time now, and Oriol needs to check that the style is correct for that page.
2023-09-17 01:42:16 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:6
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:56
Add the services page This page is more or less similar to home, in terms of database: it has a carousel and a list of items; in this case, the definition of campsite services. As i said early, when adding the home carousel, this carousel has its own relation and set of functions to manage slides. They are also duplicated in Go code, but i think i will need to refactor it later to a carousel package or something like that, because both relations have the exact same fields and types, so it makes no sense to have twice the same code. I already did it with the CSS and JavaScript code, mostly because it was easier to replace the `.surroundings div` selector with `.carousel`, and because that way i can have a single template that loads and initializes Slick. There is no UI to create or edit service definitions, although there are the SQL functions, because i have no more time now, and Oriol needs to check that the style is correct for that page.
2023-09-17 01:42:16 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgid "Services Page"
msgstr "Pàgina de serveis"
Add the services page This page is more or less similar to home, in terms of database: it has a carousel and a list of items; in this case, the definition of campsite services. As i said early, when adding the home carousel, this carousel has its own relation and set of functions to manage slides. They are also duplicated in Go code, but i think i will need to refactor it later to a carousel package or something like that, because both relations have the exact same fields and types, so it makes no sense to have twice the same code. I already did it with the CSS and JavaScript code, mostly because it was easier to replace the `.surroundings div` selector with `.carousel`, and because that way i can have a single template that loads and initializes Slick. There is no UI to create or edit service definitions, although there are the SQL functions, because i have no more time now, and Oriol needs to check that the style is correct for that page.
2023-09-17 01:42:16 +00:00
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:11
#: web/templates/admin/home/index.gohtml:11
Add the services page This page is more or less similar to home, in terms of database: it has a carousel and a list of items; in this case, the definition of campsite services. As i said early, when adding the home carousel, this carousel has its own relation and set of functions to manage slides. They are also duplicated in Go code, but i think i will need to refactor it later to a carousel package or something like that, because both relations have the exact same fields and types, so it makes no sense to have twice the same code. I already did it with the CSS and JavaScript code, mostly because it was easier to replace the `.surroundings div` selector with `.carousel`, and because that way i can have a single template that loads and initializes Slick. There is no UI to create or edit service definitions, although there are the SQL functions, because i have no more time now, and Oriol needs to check that the style is correct for that page.
2023-09-17 01:42:16 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Carousel"
msgstr "Carrusel"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:67
Add the new service form
2023-09-26 14:51:35 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Add service"
msgstr "Afegeix servei"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:72
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
msgctxt "header"
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Servei"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:78
Add a confirmation message for delete actions, except for session I do not like confirmation messages: they question user’s actions, and in general it is better to offer an undo option afterward. However, undo is harder to implement, and currently i do not have time to do this. The delete for the session is different because the only repercussion would be to log in again; the user is not in danger of losing any data whatsoever.
2023-09-26 15:00:22 +00:00
msgid "Are you sure you wish to delete this service?"
msgstr "Esteu segur de voler esborrar aquest servei?"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/services/index.gohtml:101
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
msgid "No services added yet."
msgstr "No s’ha afegit cap servei encara."
#: web/templates/admin/services/l10n.gohtml:7
#: web/templates/admin/services/l10n.gohtml:14
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Translate Service to %s"
msgstr "Traducció del servei a %s"
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/profile.gohtml:6 web/templates/admin/profile.gohtml:12
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:31
Add profile form, inside a user menu This is the first form that uses HTMx, and can not return a 400 error code because otherwise HTMx does not render the content. Since now there are pages that do not render the whole html, with header and body, i need a different layout for these, and moved the common code to handle forms and such a new template file that both layouts can use. I also need the request in template.MustRender to check which layout i should use. Closes #7.
2023-07-26 18:46:09 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Profile"
msgstr "Perfil"
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/profile.gohtml:17
Allow users to update their profile images I do not see the profile image as an “integral part” of the user (i.e., no need for constraints), hence i do not want to store it in the database, as would do for the identification image during check-in. By default, i store the avatars in /var/lib/camper/avatars, but it is a variable to allow packagers change this value using the linker. This is also served as a test bed for uploading files to the server, that now has a better interface and uses less resources that what i did to Numerus. Now the profile handler needs to keep a variable to know the path to the avatars’ directory, thus i had to change it to a struct nested in app, much like the fileHandler does. It still has to return the HandlerFunc, however, as this function needs to close over the user and connection variables. Part of #7.
2023-07-28 18:15:09 +00:00
msgctxt "inut"
msgid "Profile Image"
msgstr "Imatge del perfil"
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/profile.gohtml:43
Allow users to update their profile images I do not see the profile image as an “integral part” of the user (i.e., no need for constraints), hence i do not want to store it in the database, as would do for the identification image during check-in. By default, i store the avatars in /var/lib/camper/avatars, but it is a variable to allow packagers change this value using the linker. This is also served as a test bed for uploading files to the server, that now has a better interface and uses less resources that what i did to Numerus. Now the profile handler needs to keep a variable to know the path to the avatars’ directory, thus i had to change it to a struct nested in app, much like the fileHandler does. It still has to return the HandlerFunc, however, as this function needs to close over the user and connection variables. Part of #7.
2023-07-28 18:15:09 +00:00
msgctxt "legend"
msgid "Change password"
msgstr "Canvi de contrasenya"
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/profile.gohtml:55
Add profile form, inside a user menu This is the first form that uses HTMx, and can not return a 400 error code because otherwise HTMx does not render the content. Since now there are pages that do not render the whole html, with header and body, i need a different layout for these, and moved the common code to handle forms and such a new template file that both layouts can use. I also need the request in template.MustRender to check which layout i should use. Closes #7.
2023-07-26 18:46:09 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Password Confirmation"
msgstr "Confirmació de la contrasenya"
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/profile.gohtml:65
Add profile form, inside a user menu This is the first form that uses HTMx, and can not return a 400 error code because otherwise HTMx does not render the content. Since now there are pages that do not render the whole html, with header and body, i need a different layout for these, and moved the common code to handle forms and such a new template file that both layouts can use. I also need the request in template.MustRender to check which layout i should use. Closes #7.
2023-07-26 18:46:09 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:6
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:12
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Tax Details"
msgstr "Configuració fiscal"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:17
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:58
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Business Name"
msgstr "Nom de l’empresa"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:26
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "VAT Number"
msgstr "NIF"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:34
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Trade Name"
msgstr "Nom comercial"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:66
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Address"
msgstr "Adreça"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:74
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "City"
msgstr "Població"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:82
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Province"
msgstr "Província"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:90
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgid "Postcode"
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgstr "Codi postal"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:108
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
msgid "RTC number"
msgstr "Número RTC"
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:116
msgctxt "input"
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "Currency"
msgstr "Moneda"
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:126
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Default Language"
msgstr "Idioma per defecte"
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:136
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Invoice Number Format"
msgstr "Format del número de factura"
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/taxDetails.gohtml:144
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Legal Disclaimer"
msgstr "Nota legal"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:27
Add profile form, inside a user menu This is the first form that uses HTMx, and can not return a 400 error code because otherwise HTMx does not render the content. Since now there are pages that do not render the whole html, with header and body, i need a different layout for these, and moved the common code to handle forms and such a new template file that both layouts can use. I also need the request in template.MustRender to check which layout i should use. Closes #7.
2023-07-26 18:46:09 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "User Menu"
msgstr "Menú d’usuari"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:35
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Company Settings"
msgstr "Paràmetres de l’empresa"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:50
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/index.gohtml:6
#: web/templates/admin/media/index.gohtml:11
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Mèdia"
Add the logout button Conceptually, to logout we have to “delete the session”, thus the best HTTP verb would be `DELETE`. However, there is no way to send a `DELETE` request with a regular HTML form, and it seems that never will be[0]. I could use a POST, optionally with a “method override” technique, but i was planing to use HTMx anyway, so this was as good an opportunity to include it as any. In this application i am not concerned with people not having JavaScript enabled, because it is for a customer that has a known environment, and we do not have much time anyway. Therefore, i opted to forgo progressive enhancement in cases like this: if `DELETE` is needed, use `hx-delete`. Unfortunately, i can not use a <form> with a hidden <input> for the CSRF token, because `DELETE` requests do not have body and the value should be added as query parameters, like a form with GET method, but HTMx does the incorrect thing here: sends the values in the request’s body. That’s why i have to use a custom header and the `hx-header` directive to include the CSRF token. Then, by default HTMx targets the triggered element for swap with the response from the server, but after a logout i want to redirect the user to the login form again. I could set the hx-target to button to replace the whole body, or tell the client to redirect to the new location. I actually do not know which one is “better”. Maybe the hx-target is best because then everything is handled by the client, but in the case of logout, since it is possible that i might want to load scripts only for logged-in users in the future, i opted for the full page reload. However, HTMx does not want to reload a page that return HTTP 401, hence i had to include the GET method to /login in order to return the login form with a response of HTTP 200, which also helps when reloading in the browser after a failed login attempt. I am not worried with the HTTP 401 when attempting to load a page as guest, because this request most probably comes from the browser, not HTMx, and it will show the login form as intended—even though it is not compliant, since it does not return the WWW-Authenticate header, but this is the best i can do given that no cookie-based authentication method has been accepted[1]. [0]: https://www.w3.org/Bugs/Public/show_bug.cgi?id=10671#c16 [1]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/id/draft-broyer-http-cookie-auth-00.html
2023-07-26 11:49:47 +00:00
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:53 web/templates/admin/home/index.gohtml:6
Make home page’s carousel manageable via the database I debated with myself whether to create the home_carousel relation or rather if it would be better to have a single carousel relation for all pages. However, i thought that it would be actually harder to maintain a single relation because i would need an additional column to tell one carrousel from another, and what would that column be? An enum? A foreign key to another relation? home_carousel carries no such issues. I was starting to duplicate logic all over the packages, such as the way to encode media paths or “localization” (l10n) input fields. Therefore, i refactorized them. In the case of media path, i added a function that accepts rows of media, because always need the same columns from the row, and it was yet another repetition if i needed to pass them all the time. Plus, these kind of functions can be called as `table.function`, that make them look like columns from the table; if PostgreSQL implemented virtual generated columns, i would have used that instead. I am not sure whether that media_path function can be immutable. An immutable function is “guaranteed to return the same results given the same arguments forever”, which would be true if the inputs where the hash and the original_filename columns, instead of the whole rows, but i left it as static because i did not know whether PostgreSQL interprets the “same row but with different values” as a different input. That is, whether PostgreSQL’s concept of row is the actual tuple or the space that has a rowid, irrespective of contents; in the latter case, the function can not be immutable. Just to be in the safe side, i left it stable. The home page was starting to grow a bit too much inside the app package, new that it has its own admin handler, and moved it all to a separate package.
2023-09-14 23:05:38 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgid "Home Page"
msgstr "Pàgina d’inici"
Make home page’s carousel manageable via the database I debated with myself whether to create the home_carousel relation or rather if it would be better to have a single carousel relation for all pages. However, i thought that it would be actually harder to maintain a single relation because i would need an additional column to tell one carrousel from another, and what would that column be? An enum? A foreign key to another relation? home_carousel carries no such issues. I was starting to duplicate logic all over the packages, such as the way to encode media paths or “localization” (l10n) input fields. Therefore, i refactorized them. In the case of media path, i added a function that accepts rows of media, because always need the same columns from the row, and it was yet another repetition if i needed to pass them all the time. Plus, these kind of functions can be called as `table.function`, that make them look like columns from the table; if PostgreSQL implemented virtual generated columns, i would have used that instead. I am not sure whether that media_path function can be immutable. An immutable function is “guaranteed to return the same results given the same arguments forever”, which would be true if the inputs where the hash and the original_filename columns, instead of the whole rows, but i left it as static because i did not know whether PostgreSQL interprets the “same row but with different values” as a different input. That is, whether PostgreSQL’s concept of row is the actual tuple or the space that has a rowid, irrespective of contents; in the latter case, the function can not be immutable. Just to be in the safe side, i left it stable. The home page was starting to grow a bit too much inside the app package, new that it has its own admin handler, and moved it all to a separate package.
2023-09-14 23:05:38 +00:00
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/layout.gohtml:61
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Logout"
msgstr "Surt"
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
Add the upload form to the media picker It makes easier to upload new images from the place where we need it, instead of having to go to the media section each time. It was a little messy, this one. First of all, I realized that POSTint to /admin/media/picker to get the new media field was wrong: i was not asking the server to “accept an entity”, but only requesting a new HTML value, just like a GET to /admin/media/upload requests the form to upload a new media, thus here i should do the same, except i needed the query parameters to change the field, which is fine—it is actually a different resource, thus a different URL. Then, i thought that i could not POST the upload to /admin/media, because i returned a different HTML —the media field—, so i reused the recently unused POST to /admin/media/picker to upload that file and return the HTML for the field. It was wrong, because i was not requesting the server to put the file as a subordinate of /admin/media/picker, only /admin/media, but i did not come up with any other solution. Since i had two different upload functions now, i created uploadForm’s Handle method to refactorize the duplicated logic to a single place. Unfortunately, i did not work as i expected because uploadForm’s and mediaPicker’s MustRender methods are different, and mediaPicker has to embed uploadForm to render the form in the picker. That made me change Handle’s output to a boolean and error in order for the HTTP handler function know when to render the form with the error messages with the proper MustRender handler. However, I saw the opportunity of reusing that Handler method for editMedia, that was doing mostly the same job, but had to call a different Validate than uploadForm’s, because editMedia does not require the uploaded file. That’s when i realized that i could use an interface and that this interface could be reused not only within media but throughout the application, and added HandleMultipart in form. Had to create a different interface for multipart forms because they need different parameters in Parse that non-multipart form, when i add that interface, hence had to also change Parse to ParseForm to account for the difference in signature; not a big deal. After all that, i realized that i **could** POST to /admin/media in both cases, because i always return “an HTML entity”, it just happens that for the media section it is empty with a redirect, and for the picker is the field. That made the whole Handle method a bit redundant, but i left it nevertheless, as i find it slightly easier to read the uploadMedia function now.
2023-09-21 23:40:22 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/picker.gohtml:8
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Media Picker"
msgstr "Selector de mèdia"
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
Add the upload form to the media picker It makes easier to upload new images from the place where we need it, instead of having to go to the media section each time. It was a little messy, this one. First of all, I realized that POSTint to /admin/media/picker to get the new media field was wrong: i was not asking the server to “accept an entity”, but only requesting a new HTML value, just like a GET to /admin/media/upload requests the form to upload a new media, thus here i should do the same, except i needed the query parameters to change the field, which is fine—it is actually a different resource, thus a different URL. Then, i thought that i could not POST the upload to /admin/media, because i returned a different HTML —the media field—, so i reused the recently unused POST to /admin/media/picker to upload that file and return the HTML for the field. It was wrong, because i was not requesting the server to put the file as a subordinate of /admin/media/picker, only /admin/media, but i did not come up with any other solution. Since i had two different upload functions now, i created uploadForm’s Handle method to refactorize the duplicated logic to a single place. Unfortunately, i did not work as i expected because uploadForm’s and mediaPicker’s MustRender methods are different, and mediaPicker has to embed uploadForm to render the form in the picker. That made me change Handle’s output to a boolean and error in order for the HTTP handler function know when to render the form with the error messages with the proper MustRender handler. However, I saw the opportunity of reusing that Handler method for editMedia, that was doing mostly the same job, but had to call a different Validate than uploadForm’s, because editMedia does not require the uploaded file. That’s when i realized that i could use an interface and that this interface could be reused not only within media but throughout the application, and added HandleMultipart in form. Had to create a different interface for multipart forms because they need different parameters in Parse that non-multipart form, when i add that interface, hence had to also change Parse to ParseForm to account for the difference in signature; not a big deal. After all that, i realized that i **could** POST to /admin/media in both cases, because i always return “an HTML entity”, it just happens that for the media section it is empty with a redirect, and for the picker is the field. That made the whole Handle method a bit redundant, but i left it nevertheless, as i find it slightly easier to read the uploadMedia function now.
2023-09-21 23:40:22 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/picker.gohtml:19
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Upload New Media"
msgstr "Pujada de nou mèdia"
#: web/templates/admin/media/picker.gohtml:22
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/upload.gohtml:17
Add the upload form to the media picker It makes easier to upload new images from the place where we need it, instead of having to go to the media section each time. It was a little messy, this one. First of all, I realized that POSTint to /admin/media/picker to get the new media field was wrong: i was not asking the server to “accept an entity”, but only requesting a new HTML value, just like a GET to /admin/media/upload requests the form to upload a new media, thus here i should do the same, except i needed the query parameters to change the field, which is fine—it is actually a different resource, thus a different URL. Then, i thought that i could not POST the upload to /admin/media, because i returned a different HTML —the media field—, so i reused the recently unused POST to /admin/media/picker to upload that file and return the HTML for the field. It was wrong, because i was not requesting the server to put the file as a subordinate of /admin/media/picker, only /admin/media, but i did not come up with any other solution. Since i had two different upload functions now, i created uploadForm’s Handle method to refactorize the duplicated logic to a single place. Unfortunately, i did not work as i expected because uploadForm’s and mediaPicker’s MustRender methods are different, and mediaPicker has to embed uploadForm to render the form in the picker. That made me change Handle’s output to a boolean and error in order for the HTTP handler function know when to render the form with the error messages with the proper MustRender handler. However, I saw the opportunity of reusing that Handler method for editMedia, that was doing mostly the same job, but had to call a different Validate than uploadForm’s, because editMedia does not require the uploaded file. That’s when i realized that i could use an interface and that this interface could be reused not only within media but throughout the application, and added HandleMultipart in form. Had to create a different interface for multipart forms because they need different parameters in Parse that non-multipart form, when i add that interface, hence had to also change Parse to ParseForm to account for the difference in signature; not a big deal. After all that, i realized that i **could** POST to /admin/media in both cases, because i always return “an HTML entity”, it just happens that for the media section it is empty with a redirect, and for the picker is the field. That made the whole Handle method a bit redundant, but i left it nevertheless, as i find it slightly easier to read the uploadMedia function now.
2023-09-21 23:40:22 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "File"
msgstr "Fitxer"
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/picker.gohtml:26
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/form.gohtml:22
#: web/templates/admin/media/upload.gohtml:21
Add the upload form to the media picker It makes easier to upload new images from the place where we need it, instead of having to go to the media section each time. It was a little messy, this one. First of all, I realized that POSTint to /admin/media/picker to get the new media field was wrong: i was not asking the server to “accept an entity”, but only requesting a new HTML value, just like a GET to /admin/media/upload requests the form to upload a new media, thus here i should do the same, except i needed the query parameters to change the field, which is fine—it is actually a different resource, thus a different URL. Then, i thought that i could not POST the upload to /admin/media, because i returned a different HTML —the media field—, so i reused the recently unused POST to /admin/media/picker to upload that file and return the HTML for the field. It was wrong, because i was not requesting the server to put the file as a subordinate of /admin/media/picker, only /admin/media, but i did not come up with any other solution. Since i had two different upload functions now, i created uploadForm’s Handle method to refactorize the duplicated logic to a single place. Unfortunately, i did not work as i expected because uploadForm’s and mediaPicker’s MustRender methods are different, and mediaPicker has to embed uploadForm to render the form in the picker. That made me change Handle’s output to a boolean and error in order for the HTTP handler function know when to render the form with the error messages with the proper MustRender handler. However, I saw the opportunity of reusing that Handler method for editMedia, that was doing mostly the same job, but had to call a different Validate than uploadForm’s, because editMedia does not require the uploaded file. That’s when i realized that i could use an interface and that this interface could be reused not only within media but throughout the application, and added HandleMultipart in form. Had to create a different interface for multipart forms because they need different parameters in Parse that non-multipart form, when i add that interface, hence had to also change Parse to ParseForm to account for the difference in signature; not a big deal. After all that, i realized that i **could** POST to /admin/media in both cases, because i always return “an HTML entity”, it just happens that for the media section it is empty with a redirect, and for the picker is the field. That made the whole Handle method a bit redundant, but i left it nevertheless, as i find it slightly easier to read the uploadMedia function now.
2023-09-21 23:40:22 +00:00
msgid "Maximum upload file size: %s"
msgstr "Mida màxima del fitxer a pujar: %s"
#: web/templates/admin/media/picker.gohtml:31
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/upload.gohtml:26
Add the upload form to the media picker It makes easier to upload new images from the place where we need it, instead of having to go to the media section each time. It was a little messy, this one. First of all, I realized that POSTint to /admin/media/picker to get the new media field was wrong: i was not asking the server to “accept an entity”, but only requesting a new HTML value, just like a GET to /admin/media/upload requests the form to upload a new media, thus here i should do the same, except i needed the query parameters to change the field, which is fine—it is actually a different resource, thus a different URL. Then, i thought that i could not POST the upload to /admin/media, because i returned a different HTML —the media field—, so i reused the recently unused POST to /admin/media/picker to upload that file and return the HTML for the field. It was wrong, because i was not requesting the server to put the file as a subordinate of /admin/media/picker, only /admin/media, but i did not come up with any other solution. Since i had two different upload functions now, i created uploadForm’s Handle method to refactorize the duplicated logic to a single place. Unfortunately, i did not work as i expected because uploadForm’s and mediaPicker’s MustRender methods are different, and mediaPicker has to embed uploadForm to render the form in the picker. That made me change Handle’s output to a boolean and error in order for the HTTP handler function know when to render the form with the error messages with the proper MustRender handler. However, I saw the opportunity of reusing that Handler method for editMedia, that was doing mostly the same job, but had to call a different Validate than uploadForm’s, because editMedia does not require the uploaded file. That’s when i realized that i could use an interface and that this interface could be reused not only within media but throughout the application, and added HandleMultipart in form. Had to create a different interface for multipart forms because they need different parameters in Parse that non-multipart form, when i add that interface, hence had to also change Parse to ParseForm to account for the difference in signature; not a big deal. After all that, i realized that i **could** POST to /admin/media in both cases, because i always return “an HTML entity”, it just happens that for the media section it is empty with a redirect, and for the picker is the field. That made the whole Handle method a bit redundant, but i left it nevertheless, as i find it slightly easier to read the uploadMedia function now.
2023-09-21 23:40:22 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Upload"
msgstr "Puja"
Add campsite map in SVG I intend to use the same SVG file for customers and employees, so i had to change Oriol’s design to add a class to layers that are supposed to be only for customers, like trees. These are hidden in the admin area. I understood that customers and employees have to click on a campsite to select it, and then they can book or whatever they need to do to them. Since customers and employees most certainly will need to have different listeners on campsites, i decided to add the link with JavaScript. To do so, i need a custom XML attribute with the campsite’s identifier. Since i have seen that all campsites have a label, i changed the “identifier” to the unique combination (company_id, label). The company_id is there because different companies could have the same label; i left the campsite_id primary key for foreign constraints. In this case, as a test, i add an <a> element to the campsite with a link to edit it; we’ll discuss with Oriol what exactly it needs to do. However, the original design had the labels in a different layer, that interfered with the link, as the numbers must be above the path and the link must wrap the path in order to “inherit” its shape. I had no other recourse than to move the labels in the same layer as the paths’.
2023-09-24 01:17:13 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/picker.gohtml:47
Add the upload form to the media picker It makes easier to upload new images from the place where we need it, instead of having to go to the media section each time. It was a little messy, this one. First of all, I realized that POSTint to /admin/media/picker to get the new media field was wrong: i was not asking the server to “accept an entity”, but only requesting a new HTML value, just like a GET to /admin/media/upload requests the form to upload a new media, thus here i should do the same, except i needed the query parameters to change the field, which is fine—it is actually a different resource, thus a different URL. Then, i thought that i could not POST the upload to /admin/media, because i returned a different HTML —the media field—, so i reused the recently unused POST to /admin/media/picker to upload that file and return the HTML for the field. It was wrong, because i was not requesting the server to put the file as a subordinate of /admin/media/picker, only /admin/media, but i did not come up with any other solution. Since i had two different upload functions now, i created uploadForm’s Handle method to refactorize the duplicated logic to a single place. Unfortunately, i did not work as i expected because uploadForm’s and mediaPicker’s MustRender methods are different, and mediaPicker has to embed uploadForm to render the form in the picker. That made me change Handle’s output to a boolean and error in order for the HTTP handler function know when to render the form with the error messages with the proper MustRender handler. However, I saw the opportunity of reusing that Handler method for editMedia, that was doing mostly the same job, but had to call a different Validate than uploadForm’s, because editMedia does not require the uploaded file. That’s when i realized that i could use an interface and that this interface could be reused not only within media but throughout the application, and added HandleMultipart in form. Had to create a different interface for multipart forms because they need different parameters in Parse that non-multipart form, when i add that interface, hence had to also change Parse to ParseForm to account for the difference in signature; not a big deal. After all that, i realized that i **could** POST to /admin/media in both cases, because i always return “an HTML entity”, it just happens that for the media section it is empty with a redirect, and for the picker is the field. That made the whole Handle method a bit redundant, but i left it nevertheless, as i find it slightly easier to read the uploadMedia function now.
2023-09-21 23:40:22 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Choose Existing Media"
msgstr "Elecció d’un mèdia existent"
Add campsite map in SVG I intend to use the same SVG file for customers and employees, so i had to change Oriol’s design to add a class to layers that are supposed to be only for customers, like trees. These are hidden in the admin area. I understood that customers and employees have to click on a campsite to select it, and then they can book or whatever they need to do to them. Since customers and employees most certainly will need to have different listeners on campsites, i decided to add the link with JavaScript. To do so, i need a custom XML attribute with the campsite’s identifier. Since i have seen that all campsites have a label, i changed the “identifier” to the unique combination (company_id, label). The company_id is there because different companies could have the same label; i left the campsite_id primary key for foreign constraints. In this case, as a test, i add an <a> element to the campsite with a link to edit it; we’ll discuss with Oriol what exactly it needs to do. However, the original design had the labels in a different layer, that interfered with the link, as the numbers must be above the path and the link must wrap the path in order to “inherit” its shape. I had no other recourse than to move the labels in the same layer as the paths’.
2023-09-24 01:17:13 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/picker.gohtml:58
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/index.gohtml:20
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "No media uploaded yet."
msgstr "No s’ha pujat cap mèdia encara."
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/form.gohtml:6
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/form.gohtml:12
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Edit Media"
msgstr "Edició de mèdia"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/form.gohtml:18
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Updated file"
msgstr "Fitxer actualitzat"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/form.gohtml:27
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nom del fitxer"
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/index.gohtml:12
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Upload media"
msgstr "Puja mèdia"
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/upload.gohtml:6
Add the edit form for services This one has an input to select the icon. It makes no sense to choose an icon only by name, thus a <select> is not appropriate, and had to use a hidden input with a row of button to choose the icon from. This works now only because there are very few icons; we’ll need to choose a different approach when there are many more icons. Since now the icons have to be defined in CSS for both the public and admin sections, i had to split it into a separate file that both sites can use. I considered the option to “include” that CSS with m4, like i do for images in demo.sql, but it made everything too complicated (e.g., having to call make for each change in the CSS), and decided to load that CSS in a separate <link>.
2023-09-25 18:10:33 +00:00
#: web/templates/admin/media/upload.gohtml:12
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgctxt "title"
msgid "Upload Media"
msgstr "Pujada de mèdia"
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: pkg/carousel/admin.go:285 pkg/campsite/types/carousel.go:242
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
Fix the label and prompt for the carousel media field
2023-09-22 00:17:56 +00:00
msgid "Slide image"
msgstr "Imatge de la diapositiva"
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: pkg/carousel/admin.go:286 pkg/campsite/types/carousel.go:243
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
Fix the label and prompt for the carousel media field
2023-09-22 00:17:56 +00:00
msgid "Set slide image"
msgstr "Estableix la imatge de la diapositiva"
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: pkg/carousel/admin.go:338 pkg/campsite/types/carousel.go:297
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgid "Slide image can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar la imatge de la diapositiva en blanc."
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: pkg/carousel/admin.go:339 pkg/campsite/types/carousel.go:298
Fix the label and prompt for the carousel media field
2023-09-22 00:17:56 +00:00
msgid "Slide image must be an image media type."
msgstr "La imatge de la diapositiva ha de ser un mèdia de tipus imatge."
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/app/login.go:56 pkg/app/user.go:246 pkg/company/admin.go:210
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:269
Convert the login variables to a struct with parsing and validation It is a lot of code having to check the login variables inside the POST handler, and i could not mark each input field individually as invalid because the generic errors array i was using did no identify which field had the error. Thus, i use more or less the same technique as with Numerus: a struct with the value and the error message. This time the input field does not have the label and extra attributes because i believe this belongs to the template: if i want do reuse the same form template, i should create a common template rather than defining everything in Go. The name is a bit different, however, because it has meaning both to the front and back ends, as it needs to be exactly the same. Writing it twice is error-prone, as with a rename i could easily forget to change one or the other, and here i see value in having that in Go, because it is also used in code.
2023-07-24 15:17:15 +00:00
msgid "Email can not be empty."
Add the pages section For now, this is almost identical to the campsite types, but this section is for purely informational pages that have no other relation to the database than “belongs to the same company”. Part of #33.
2023-08-08 18:09:57 +00:00
msgstr "No podeu deixar el correu-e en blanc."
Convert the login variables to a struct with parsing and validation It is a lot of code having to check the login variables inside the POST handler, and i could not mark each input field individually as invalid because the generic errors array i was using did no identify which field had the error. Thus, i use more or less the same technique as with Numerus: a struct with the value and the error message. This time the input field does not have the label and extra attributes because i believe this belongs to the template: if i want do reuse the same form template, i should create a common template rather than defining everything in Go. The name is a bit different, however, because it has meaning both to the front and back ends, as it needs to be exactly the same. Writing it twice is error-prone, as with a rename i could easily forget to change one or the other, and here i see value in having that in Go, because it is also used in code.
2023-07-24 15:17:15 +00:00
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/app/login.go:57 pkg/app/user.go:247 pkg/company/admin.go:211
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:270
Convert the login variables to a struct with parsing and validation It is a lot of code having to check the login variables inside the POST handler, and i could not mark each input field individually as invalid because the generic errors array i was using did no identify which field had the error. Thus, i use more or less the same technique as with Numerus: a struct with the value and the error message. This time the input field does not have the label and extra attributes because i believe this belongs to the template: if i want do reuse the same form template, i should create a common template rather than defining everything in Go. The name is a bit different, however, because it has meaning both to the front and back ends, as it needs to be exactly the same. Writing it twice is error-prone, as with a rename i could easily forget to change one or the other, and here i see value in having that in Go, because it is also used in code.
2023-07-24 15:17:15 +00:00
msgid "This email is not valid. It should be like name@domain.com."
msgstr "Aquest correu-e no és vàlid. Hauria de ser similar a nom@domini.com."
Add the logout button Conceptually, to logout we have to “delete the session”, thus the best HTTP verb would be `DELETE`. However, there is no way to send a `DELETE` request with a regular HTML form, and it seems that never will be[0]. I could use a POST, optionally with a “method override” technique, but i was planing to use HTMx anyway, so this was as good an opportunity to include it as any. In this application i am not concerned with people not having JavaScript enabled, because it is for a customer that has a known environment, and we do not have much time anyway. Therefore, i opted to forgo progressive enhancement in cases like this: if `DELETE` is needed, use `hx-delete`. Unfortunately, i can not use a <form> with a hidden <input> for the CSRF token, because `DELETE` requests do not have body and the value should be added as query parameters, like a form with GET method, but HTMx does the incorrect thing here: sends the values in the request’s body. That’s why i have to use a custom header and the `hx-header` directive to include the CSRF token. Then, by default HTMx targets the triggered element for swap with the response from the server, but after a logout i want to redirect the user to the login form again. I could set the hx-target to button to replace the whole body, or tell the client to redirect to the new location. I actually do not know which one is “better”. Maybe the hx-target is best because then everything is handled by the client, but in the case of logout, since it is possible that i might want to load scripts only for logged-in users in the future, i opted for the full page reload. However, HTMx does not want to reload a page that return HTTP 401, hence i had to include the GET method to /login in order to return the login form with a response of HTTP 200, which also helps when reloading in the browser after a failed login attempt. I am not worried with the HTTP 401 when attempting to load a page as guest, because this request most probably comes from the browser, not HTMx, and it will show the login form as intended—even though it is not compliant, since it does not return the WWW-Authenticate header, but this is the best i can do given that no cookie-based authentication method has been accepted[1]. [0]: https://www.w3.org/Bugs/Public/show_bug.cgi?id=10671#c16 [1]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/id/draft-broyer-http-cookie-auth-00.html
2023-07-26 11:49:47 +00:00
#: pkg/app/login.go:59
Convert the login variables to a struct with parsing and validation It is a lot of code having to check the login variables inside the POST handler, and i could not mark each input field individually as invalid because the generic errors array i was using did no identify which field had the error. Thus, i use more or less the same technique as with Numerus: a struct with the value and the error message. This time the input field does not have the label and extra attributes because i believe this belongs to the template: if i want do reuse the same form template, i should create a common template rather than defining everything in Go. The name is a bit different, however, because it has meaning both to the front and back ends, as it needs to be exactly the same. Writing it twice is error-prone, as with a rename i could easily forget to change one or the other, and here i see value in having that in Go, because it is also used in code.
2023-07-24 15:17:15 +00:00
msgid "Password can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar la contrasenya en blanc."
Add profile form, inside a user menu This is the first form that uses HTMx, and can not return a 400 error code because otherwise HTMx does not render the content. Since now there are pages that do not render the whole html, with header and body, i need a different layout for these, and moved the common code to handle forms and such a new template file that both layouts can use. I also need the request in template.MustRender to check which layout i should use. Closes #7.
2023-07-26 18:46:09 +00:00
#: pkg/app/login.go:86
Convert the login variables to a struct with parsing and validation It is a lot of code having to check the login variables inside the POST handler, and i could not mark each input field individually as invalid because the generic errors array i was using did no identify which field had the error. Thus, i use more or less the same technique as with Numerus: a struct with the value and the error message. This time the input field does not have the label and extra attributes because i believe this belongs to the template: if i want do reuse the same form template, i should create a common template rather than defining everything in Go. The name is a bit different, however, because it has meaning both to the front and back ends, as it needs to be exactly the same. Writing it twice is error-prone, as with a rename i could easily forget to change one or the other, and here i see value in having that in Go, because it is also used in code.
2023-07-24 15:17:15 +00:00
msgid "Invalid user or password."
msgstr "Nom d’usuari o contrasenya incorrectes."
Add the logout button Conceptually, to logout we have to “delete the session”, thus the best HTTP verb would be `DELETE`. However, there is no way to send a `DELETE` request with a regular HTML form, and it seems that never will be[0]. I could use a POST, optionally with a “method override” technique, but i was planing to use HTMx anyway, so this was as good an opportunity to include it as any. In this application i am not concerned with people not having JavaScript enabled, because it is for a customer that has a known environment, and we do not have much time anyway. Therefore, i opted to forgo progressive enhancement in cases like this: if `DELETE` is needed, use `hx-delete`. Unfortunately, i can not use a <form> with a hidden <input> for the CSRF token, because `DELETE` requests do not have body and the value should be added as query parameters, like a form with GET method, but HTMx does the incorrect thing here: sends the values in the request’s body. That’s why i have to use a custom header and the `hx-header` directive to include the CSRF token. Then, by default HTMx targets the triggered element for swap with the response from the server, but after a logout i want to redirect the user to the login form again. I could set the hx-target to button to replace the whole body, or tell the client to redirect to the new location. I actually do not know which one is “better”. Maybe the hx-target is best because then everything is handled by the client, but in the case of logout, since it is possible that i might want to load scripts only for logged-in users in the future, i opted for the full page reload. However, HTMx does not want to reload a page that return HTTP 401, hence i had to include the GET method to /login in order to return the login form with a response of HTTP 200, which also helps when reloading in the browser after a failed login attempt. I am not worried with the HTTP 401 when attempting to load a page as guest, because this request most probably comes from the browser, not HTMx, and it will show the login form as intended—even though it is not compliant, since it does not return the WWW-Authenticate header, but this is the best i can do given that no cookie-based authentication method has been accepted[1]. [0]: https://www.w3.org/Bugs/Public/show_bug.cgi?id=10671#c16 [1]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/id/draft-broyer-http-cookie-auth-00.html
2023-07-26 11:49:47 +00:00
Add public page for campsite type, and function to edit them Had to export and move PublicPage struct to template because i can not import app from campsites/types: app already imports campsite for the http handler, and it, in turn, imports the types package for its own http handler; an import loop. Also had to replace PublicPage.MustRender with a Setup function because the page passed down to html/template was the PublicPage struct, not whatever struct embeds it. I was thinking more of Java inheritance here rather than struct embedding.
2023-08-08 00:29:14 +00:00
#: pkg/app/user.go:197
Add profile form, inside a user menu This is the first form that uses HTMx, and can not return a 400 error code because otherwise HTMx does not render the content. Since now there are pages that do not render the whole html, with header and body, i need a different layout for these, and moved the common code to handle forms and such a new template file that both layouts can use. I also need the request in template.MustRender to check which layout i should use. Closes #7.
2023-07-26 18:46:09 +00:00
msgctxt "language option"
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Automàtic"
Add the info and facilities fields to campsite type I wish CKEditor would have support for <dl>, but it is unlikely that they will add any time soon[0], specially when in 2018 they already “forgotten”[1] that this was requested back in 2007[2]. Therefore, in the demo i did it more or less like in the original design, with “extra” <h4>, although i added them under a <h3>, to avoid “gaps” in the outline. [0]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775 [1]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775#issuecomment-358591747 [2]: https://dev.ckeditor.com/ticket/1333
2023-10-13 11:40:48 +00:00
#: pkg/app/user.go:249 pkg/campsite/types/l10n.go:87
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/l10n.go:144 pkg/campsite/types/l10n.go:268
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/option.go:350 pkg/campsite/types/feature.go:253
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:447 pkg/season/l10n.go:69
#: pkg/season/admin.go:404 pkg/services/l10n.go:73 pkg/services/admin.go:266
Add profile form, inside a user menu This is the first form that uses HTMx, and can not return a 400 error code because otherwise HTMx does not render the content. Since now there are pages that do not render the whole html, with header and body, i need a different layout for these, and moved the common code to handle forms and such a new template file that both layouts can use. I also need the request in template.MustRender to check which layout i should use. Closes #7.
2023-07-26 18:46:09 +00:00
msgid "Name can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el nom en blanc."
Add public page for campsite type, and function to edit them Had to export and move PublicPage struct to template because i can not import app from campsites/types: app already imports campsite for the http handler, and it, in turn, imports the types package for its own http handler; an import loop. Also had to replace PublicPage.MustRender with a Setup function because the page passed down to html/template was the PublicPage struct, not whatever struct embeds it. I was thinking more of Java inheritance here rather than struct embedding.
2023-08-08 00:29:14 +00:00
#: pkg/app/user.go:250
Add profile form, inside a user menu This is the first form that uses HTMx, and can not return a 400 error code because otherwise HTMx does not render the content. Since now there are pages that do not render the whole html, with header and body, i need a different layout for these, and moved the common code to handle forms and such a new template file that both layouts can use. I also need the request in template.MustRender to check which layout i should use. Closes #7.
2023-07-26 18:46:09 +00:00
msgid "Confirmation does not match password."
msgstr "La confirmació no es correspon amb la contrasenya."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/app/user.go:251 pkg/company/admin.go:226
Add profile form, inside a user menu This is the first form that uses HTMx, and can not return a 400 error code because otherwise HTMx does not render the content. Since now there are pages that do not render the whole html, with header and body, i need a different layout for these, and moved the common code to handle forms and such a new template file that both layouts can use. I also need the request in template.MustRender to check which layout i should use. Closes #7.
2023-07-26 18:46:09 +00:00
msgid "Selected language is not valid."
msgstr "L’idioma escollit no és vàlid."
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
#: pkg/app/user.go:253
Allow users to update their profile images I do not see the profile image as an “integral part” of the user (i.e., no need for constraints), hence i do not want to store it in the database, as would do for the identification image during check-in. By default, i store the avatars in /var/lib/camper/avatars, but it is a variable to allow packagers change this value using the linker. This is also served as a test bed for uploading files to the server, that now has a better interface and uses less resources that what i did to Numerus. Now the profile handler needs to keep a variable to know the path to the avatars’ directory, thus i had to change it to a struct nested in app, much like the fileHandler does. It still has to return the HandlerFunc, however, as this function needs to close over the user and connection variables. Part of #7.
2023-07-28 18:15:09 +00:00
msgid "File must be a valid PNG or JPEG image."
msgstr "El fitxer has de ser una imatge PNG o JPEG vàlida."
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
#: pkg/app/admin.go:56
Split templates and handlers into admin and public I need to check that the user is an employee (or admin) in administration handlers, but i do not want to do it for each handler, because i am bound to forget it. Thus, i added the /admin sub-path for these resources. The public-facing web is the rest of the resources outside /admin, but for now there is only home, to test whether it works as expected or not. The public-facing web can not relay on the user’s language settings, as the guest user has no way to set that. I would be happy to just use the Accept-Language header for that, but apparently Google does not use that header[0], and they give four alternatives: a country-specific domain, a subdomain with a generic top-level domain (gTLD), subdirectories with a gTLD, or URL parameters (e.g., site.com?loc=de). Of the four, Google does not recommend URL parameters, and the customer is already using subdirectories with the current site, therefor that’s what i have chosen. Google also tells me that it is a very good idea to have links between localized version of the same resources, either with <link> elements, Link HTTP response headers, or a sitemap file[1]; they are all equivalent in the eyes of Google. I have choosen the Link response headers way, because for that i can simply “augment” ResponseHeader to automatically add these headers when the response status is 2xx, otherwise i would need to pass down the original URL path until it reaches the template. Even though Camper is supposed to be a “generic”, multi-company application, i think i will stick to the easiest route and write the templates for just the “first” customer. [0]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/managing-multi-regional-sites [1]: https://developers.google.com/search/docs/specialty/international/localized-versions
2023-08-05 01:42:37 +00:00
msgid "Access forbidden"
msgstr "Accés prohibit"
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/option.go:351 pkg/campsite/types/feature.go:254
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:448
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "Name must have at least one letter."
msgstr "El nom ha de tenir com a mínim una lletra."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/option.go:354
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "Minimum can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el mínim en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/option.go:355
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "Minimum must be an integer number."
msgstr "El valor del mínim ha de ser un número enter."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/option.go:357
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "Minimum must be zero or greater."
msgstr "El valor del mínim ha de ser com a mínim zero."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/option.go:360
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "Maximum can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el màxim en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/option.go:361
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "Maximum must be an integer number."
msgstr "El valor del màxim ha de ser un número enter."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/option.go:363
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "Maximum must be equal or greater than minimum."
msgstr "El valor del màxim ha de ser igual o superir al del mínim."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/option.go:367 pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:461
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "Price per night can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el preu per nit en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/option.go:368 pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:462
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "Price per night must be a decimal number."
msgstr "El preu per nit ha de ser un número decimal."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/option.go:369 pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:463
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgid "Price per night must be zero or greater."
msgstr "El preu per nit ha de ser com a mínim zero."
Add position to campsite type features
2023-12-21 16:33:01 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/feature.go:252 pkg/services/admin.go:265
Add the list of features for campsite type
2023-10-13 18:30:31 +00:00
msgid "Selected icon is not valid."
msgstr "La icona escollida no és vàlida."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:323
Fix the label and prompt for the carousel media field
2023-09-22 00:17:56 +00:00
msgctxt "input"
msgid "Cover image"
msgstr "Imatge de portada"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:324
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Set campsite type cover"
msgstr "Estableix la portada del tipus d’allotjament"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:450
Add the sample campsite types to the demo file Since campsite types need a media, i have to insert also images to the media relation. The best would be to use PostgreSQL’s pg_read_binary_file to read the media content from actual files when inserting the new rows, but the files need to be within the database cluster directory, or have to use an absolute path when running as a superuser to read from files outside the cluster directory, which means that it would depend on the path where i leave the files, that is different in development that in staging. To avoid that problem i can simply insert the rows using their base64 strings, with PostgreSQL’s decode. The images are kind of small, but i was worried that each change in demo.sql would duplicate that data in git, even if the change is not related to the images, because git stores the whole file; even if small, soon everything adds up. I do not care if the _final_ demo.sql is big, as this file is packaged in a different deb and is only installed in staging, so i’ve chosen to use m4 to build a single “amalgamated” SQL file from the base .sql file and the individual image files converted to base64 strings. That way, each image is individually managed by git and the base .sql file does not balloon up for each little change. Changed m4’s quotes to [[ ]] because the default ` ' was interfering with Intellij’s syntax highlighting.
2023-09-10 01:57:46 +00:00
msgid "Cover image can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar la imatge de portada en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:451
Fix the label and prompt for the carousel media field
2023-09-22 00:17:56 +00:00
msgid "Cover image must be an image media type."
msgstr "La imatge de portada ha de ser un mèdia de tipus imatge."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:455
Add max campers and dogs allowed fields to campsite types
2023-09-29 18:17:39 +00:00
msgid "Maximum number of campers can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el número màxim de persones en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:456
Add max campers and dogs allowed fields to campsite types
2023-09-29 18:17:39 +00:00
msgid "Maximum number of campers must be an integer number."
msgstr "El número màxim de persones ha de ser enter."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:457
Add max campers and dogs allowed fields to campsite types
2023-09-29 18:17:39 +00:00
msgid "Maximum number of campers must be one or greater."
msgstr "El número màxim de persones no pot ser zero."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:466
Add the campsite type cost per season
2023-10-01 19:14:39 +00:00
msgid "Minimum number of nights can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el número mínim de nits en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:467
Add the campsite type cost per season
2023-10-01 19:14:39 +00:00
msgid "Minimum number of nights must be an integer."
msgstr "El número mínim de nits ha de ser enter."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/admin.go:468
Add the campsite type cost per season
2023-10-01 19:14:39 +00:00
msgid "Minimum number of nights must be one or greater."
msgstr "El número mínim de nits no pot ser zero."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/types/public.go:160
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgctxt "season"
msgid "Closed"
msgstr "Tancat"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/admin.go:226 pkg/booking/public.go:278
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Selected campsite type is not valid."
msgstr "El tipus d’allotjament escollit no és vàlid."
Add campsite map in SVG I intend to use the same SVG file for customers and employees, so i had to change Oriol’s design to add a class to layers that are supposed to be only for customers, like trees. These are hidden in the admin area. I understood that customers and employees have to click on a campsite to select it, and then they can book or whatever they need to do to them. Since customers and employees most certainly will need to have different listeners on campsites, i decided to add the link with JavaScript. To do so, i need a custom XML attribute with the campsite’s identifier. Since i have seen that all campsites have a label, i changed the “identifier” to the unique combination (company_id, label). The company_id is there because different companies could have the same label; i left the campsite_id primary key for foreign constraints. In this case, as a test, i add an <a> element to the campsite with a link to edit it; we’ll discuss with Oriol what exactly it needs to do. However, the original design had the labels in a different layer, that interfered with the link, as the numbers must be above the path and the link must wrap the path in order to “inherit” its shape. I had no other recourse than to move the labels in the same layer as the paths’.
2023-09-24 01:17:13 +00:00
#: pkg/campsite/admin.go:227
Add the campsite relation, HTTP handlers, and form For now, there is only the label, type, and active fields. We will need some field to hold the area on the map, but this requires #4, and possibly #6, to be finished. Part of #27.
2023-08-14 18:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Label can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar l’etiqueta en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:222
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "January"
msgstr "gener"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:223
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "February"
msgstr "febrer"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:224
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "March"
msgstr "març"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:225
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "April"
msgstr "abril"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:226
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "May"
msgstr "maig"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:227
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "June"
msgstr "juny"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:228
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "July"
msgstr "juliol"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:229
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "August"
msgstr "agost"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:230
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "September"
msgstr "setembre"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:231
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "October"
msgstr "octubre"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:232
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "November"
msgstr "novembre"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:233
Add the season_calendar relation and table on the admin section This calendar is supposed to be edited by admin users, but do not yet have the complete JavaScript code to do so, thus for now i have made it read-only.
2023-09-27 00:23:09 +00:00
msgctxt "month"
msgid "December"
msgstr "desembre"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:405
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgid "Color can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el color en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:406
Add seasons’ relation, functions, and admin section Seasons have a color to show on the calendar. I need them in HTML format (e.g., #123abc) in order to set as value to `<input type="color">`, but i did not want to save them as text in the database, as integers are better representations of colors—in fact, that’s what the HTML syntax also is: an integer. I think the best would be to create an extension that adds an HTML color type, with functions to convert from many representations (e.g., CSS’ rgb or even color names) to integer and back. However, that’s a lot of work and i can satisfy Camper’s needs with just a couple of functions and a domain. To show the color on the index, at first tried to use a read-only `<input type="color">`, but seems that this type of input can not be read-only and must be disabled instead. However, i do not know whether it makes sense to have a disabled input outside a form “just” to show a color; i suspect it does not. Thus, at the end i use SVG with a single circle, which is better that a 50%-rounded div with a background color, even if the result is the same—SVG **is** intended for showing pictures, which is this case.
2023-08-16 18:15:57 +00:00
msgid "This color is not valid. It must be like #123abc."
msgstr "Aquest color no és vàlid. Hauria de ser similar a #123abc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:506
Add max campers and dogs allowed fields to campsite types
2023-09-29 18:17:39 +00:00
msgctxt "action"
msgid "Unset"
msgstr "Desassigna"
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:537
Add max campers and dogs allowed fields to campsite types
2023-09-29 18:17:39 +00:00
msgid "Start date can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar la data d’inici en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:538
Add max campers and dogs allowed fields to campsite types
2023-09-29 18:17:39 +00:00
msgid "Start date must be a valid date."
msgstr "La data d’inici ha de ser una data vàlida."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:540
Add max campers and dogs allowed fields to campsite types
2023-09-29 18:17:39 +00:00
msgid "End date can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar la data de fi en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/season/admin.go:541
Add max campers and dogs allowed fields to campsite types
2023-09-29 18:17:39 +00:00
msgid "End date must be a valid date."
msgstr "La data de fi ha de ser una data vàlida."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:193 pkg/booking/public.go:256
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "Selected country is not valid."
msgstr "El país escollit no és vàlid."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:197
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "Business name can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el nom d’empresa en blanc."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:198
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "Business name must have at least two letters."
msgstr "El nom d’empresa ha de tenir com a mínim dues lletres."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:200
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "VAT number can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el NIF en blanc."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:201
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "This VAT number is not valid."
msgstr "Aquest NIF no és vàlid."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:205 pkg/booking/public.go:272
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "Phone can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el telèfon en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:206 pkg/booking/public.go:273
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "This phone number is not valid."
msgstr "Aquest número de telèfon no és vàlid."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:214
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "This web address is not valid. It should be like https://domain.com/."
msgstr "Aquesta adreça web no és vàlida. Hauria de ser similar a https://domini.com/."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:216
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "Address can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar l’adreça en blanc."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:217
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "City can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar la població en blanc."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:218
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "Province can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar la província en blanc."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:219
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "Postal code can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el codi postal en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:220 pkg/booking/public.go:265
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "This postal code is not valid."
msgstr "Aquest codi postal no és vàlid."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:224
msgid "RTC number can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el número d’RTC en blanc."
#: pkg/company/admin.go:225
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "Selected currency is not valid."
msgstr "La moneda escollida no és vàlida."
Add the Catalonia’s Tourism Registry number to company It is required to be displayed on the website of tourism companies of Catalonia.
2023-10-14 19:59:36 +00:00
#: pkg/company/admin.go:227
Add the form to update company’s tax details It is inside the “user menu” only because this is where Numerus has the same option, although it makes less sense in this case, because Numerus is geared toward individual freelancers while Camper is for companies. But, since it is easy to change afterward, this will do for now. However, it should be only shown to admin users, because regular employees have no UPDATE privilege on the company relation. Thus, the need for a new template function to check if the user is admin. Part of #17.
2023-08-15 20:35:21 +00:00
msgid "Invoice number format can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el format del número de factura en blanc."
Allow users to update their profile images I do not see the profile image as an “integral part” of the user (i.e., no need for constraints), hence i do not want to store it in the database, as would do for the identification image during check-in. By default, i store the avatars in /var/lib/camper/avatars, but it is a variable to allow packagers change this value using the linker. This is also served as a test bed for uploading files to the server, that now has a better interface and uses less resources that what i did to Numerus. Now the profile handler needs to keep a variable to know the path to the avatars’ directory, thus i had to change it to a struct nested in app, much like the fileHandler does. It still has to return the HandlerFunc, however, as this function needs to close over the user and connection variables. Part of #7.
2023-07-28 18:15:09 +00:00
#: pkg/auth/user.go:40
Add the logout button Conceptually, to logout we have to “delete the session”, thus the best HTTP verb would be `DELETE`. However, there is no way to send a `DELETE` request with a regular HTML form, and it seems that never will be[0]. I could use a POST, optionally with a “method override” technique, but i was planing to use HTMx anyway, so this was as good an opportunity to include it as any. In this application i am not concerned with people not having JavaScript enabled, because it is for a customer that has a known environment, and we do not have much time anyway. Therefore, i opted to forgo progressive enhancement in cases like this: if `DELETE` is needed, use `hx-delete`. Unfortunately, i can not use a <form> with a hidden <input> for the CSRF token, because `DELETE` requests do not have body and the value should be added as query parameters, like a form with GET method, but HTMx does the incorrect thing here: sends the values in the request’s body. That’s why i have to use a custom header and the `hx-header` directive to include the CSRF token. Then, by default HTMx targets the triggered element for swap with the response from the server, but after a logout i want to redirect the user to the login form again. I could set the hx-target to button to replace the whole body, or tell the client to redirect to the new location. I actually do not know which one is “better”. Maybe the hx-target is best because then everything is handled by the client, but in the case of logout, since it is possible that i might want to load scripts only for logged-in users in the future, i opted for the full page reload. However, HTMx does not want to reload a page that return HTTP 401, hence i had to include the GET method to /login in order to return the login form with a response of HTTP 200, which also helps when reloading in the browser after a failed login attempt. I am not worried with the HTTP 401 when attempting to load a page as guest, because this request most probably comes from the browser, not HTMx, and it will show the login form as intended—even though it is not compliant, since it does not return the WWW-Authenticate header, but this is the best i can do given that no cookie-based authentication method has been accepted[1]. [0]: https://www.w3.org/Bugs/Public/show_bug.cgi?id=10671#c16 [1]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/id/draft-broyer-http-cookie-auth-00.html
2023-07-26 11:49:47 +00:00
msgid "Cross-site request forgery detected."
msgstr "S’ha detectat un intent de falsificació de petició a llocs creuats."
Add the Active field to the campsite type’s edit form and function In the new form this field is hidden and always active, because it makes no sense to add an inactive campsite type.
2023-08-14 09:43:58 +00:00
Change media picker from <div> to <dialog> and make it modal Have to call Dialog.showModal when HTMx loaded the dialog in the DOM, so had to add a onLoad event listened that checks whether the loaded element is actually a DIALOG. Had to restrict the margin: 0 for all elements (*) to exclude dialog, because the browser sets it to auto, and i did not want to set it again just because i was too overzealous with my “reset”. The rest of the CSS is just to have a sticky header and footer, and see the cancel button, that works as a “close”, all the time. Finally, i realized that if i add the dialog at the end of the fieldset and let HTMx inherit its hx-target and hx-swap, i no longer need to set them in the dialog, as HTMx will always replace the fieldset, and i can have the dialog side by side the current content of the fieldset, that it was very confusing seeing it disappear when trying to select a new media. The cancel button could now just remove the dialog instead of making the POST, but in local it makes no difference; we’lls see what happens on production.
2023-09-22 00:11:03 +00:00
#: pkg/media/admin.go:265
Add the surroundings static page This page is “highly stylized”, with a masonry-like grid, that i did not know how to generate automatically from data defined in PostgreSQL, therefore with Oriol we agreed to have this one as a static page and we will see what we can do if the customer asks to be able to change it. I was a bit undecided on whether the icons in the bottom part of the page should be defined in the CSS or with style="" and CSS variables, like i do for the campsite type in the home page. At first i thought that it should use CSS variables, mostly for coherence: if another section of the web does it for its background image, why no this one. The difference is that the home page is dynamically created from the database, while this page is static and we know what icons we need, thus it makes more sense to move it to the stylesheet file, because then it will be downloaded by user agents that actually want to use it (e.g., browsers, but not Braille terminals).
2023-09-16 22:11:39 +00:00
msgid "Uploaded file can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el fitxer del mèdia en blanc."
Change media picker from <div> to <dialog> and make it modal Have to call Dialog.showModal when HTMx loaded the dialog in the DOM, so had to add a onLoad event listened that checks whether the loaded element is actually a DIALOG. Had to restrict the margin: 0 for all elements (*) to exclude dialog, because the browser sets it to auto, and i did not want to set it again just because i was too overzealous with my “reset”. The rest of the CSS is just to have a sticky header and footer, and see the cancel button, that works as a “close”, all the time. Finally, i realized that if i add the dialog at the end of the fieldset and let HTMx inherit its hx-target and hx-swap, i no longer need to set them in the dialog, as HTMx will always replace the fieldset, and i can have the dialog side by side the current content of the fieldset, that it was very confusing seeing it disappear when trying to select a new media. The cancel button could now just remove the dialog instead of making the POST, but in local it makes no difference; we’lls see what happens on production.
2023-09-22 00:11:03 +00:00
#: pkg/media/admin.go:324
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
msgid "Filename can not be empty."
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
msgstr "No podeu deixar el nom del fitxer en blanc."
Add the payment form to admin Had to change setup_redsys because admins can not read the current encrypt key, thus it is not possible to `set encrypt_key = coalesce(…, encrypt_key)`. Not that it did much sense, anyway, as i was already inside the branch of the if when encrpty_key is null. However, it seems that this also affects in the `on conflict` update. I assume this is because `excluded` is some kind of row of the relation and has the same restrictions.
2023-10-27 14:04:43 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:74
msgctxt "redsys environment"
msgid "Test"
msgstr "Proves"
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:78
msgctxt "redsys environment"
msgid "Live"
msgstr "Real"
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:87
msgctxt "redsys integration"
msgid "InSite"
msgstr "InSite"
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:91
msgctxt "redsys integration"
msgid "Redirect"
msgstr "Redirecció"
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:135
msgid "Merchant code can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el codi del comerç en blanc."
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:136
msgid "Merchant code must be exactly nine digits long."
msgstr "El codi del comerç ha de ser de nou dígits."
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:137
msgid "Merchant code must be a number."
msgstr "El codi del comerç."
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:141
msgid "Terminal number can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el número del terminal en blanc."
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:142
msgid "Terminal number must be a number between 1 and 999."
msgstr "El número del terminal ha de ser entre 1 i 999"
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:150
msgid "Selected environment is not valid."
msgstr "L’entorn escollit no és vàlid."
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:151
msgid "Selected integration is not valid."
msgstr "La integració escollida no és vàlida."
#: pkg/booking/admin.go:154
msgid "The merchant key is not valid."
msgstr "Aquesta clau del comerç no és vàlid."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:260
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgid "Full name can not be empty."
msgstr "No podeu deixar el nom i els cognoms en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:261
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgid "Full name must have at least one letter."
msgstr "El nom i els cognoms han de tenir com a mínim una lletra."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:279
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgid "Arrival date can not be empty"
msgstr "No podeu deixar la data d’arribada en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:280
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgid "Arrival date must be a valid date."
msgstr "La data d’arribada ha de ser una data vàlida."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:284
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgid "Departure date can not be empty"
msgstr "No podeu deixar la data de sortida en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:285
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgid "Departure date must be a valid date."
msgstr "La data de sortida ha de ser una data vàlida."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:286
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgid "The departure date must be after the arrival date."
msgstr "La data de sortida ha de ser posterior a la d’arribada."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:289
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
msgid "It is mandatory to agree to the reservation conditions."
msgstr "És obligatori acceptar les condicions de reserves."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:292
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#, c-format
msgid "%s can not be empty"
msgstr "No podeu deixar %s en blanc."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:293
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#, c-format
msgid "%s must be an integer."
msgstr "%s ha de ser un número enter."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:294
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#, c-format
msgid "%s must be %d or greater."
msgstr "El valor de %s ha de ser com a mínim %d."
Add user-defined order to campsite types, options, seasons and carousels I use Sortable, exactly like HTMx’s sorting example does[0]. Had to export the slug or ID of some entries to be able to add it in the hidden input. For forms that use ID instead of slug, had to use an input name other than “id” because otherwise the swap would fail due to bug #1496[1]. It is apparently fixed in a recent version of HTMx, but i did not want to update for fear of behaviour changes. [0]: https://htmx.org/examples/sortable/ [1]: https://github.com/bigskysoftware/htmx/issues/1496
2023-12-20 18:52:14 +00:00
#: pkg/booking/public.go:295
Add the first draft of the booking and payment forms The form is based on the one in the current website, but in a single page instead of split into many pages; possibly each <fieldset> should be in a separate page/view. The idea is for Oriol to check the design and decide how it would be presented to the user, so i needed something to show him first. I hardcoded the **test** data for the customer’s Redsys account. Is this bad? I hope not, but i am not really, really sure. The data sent to Redsys is just a placeholder because there are booking details that i do not know, like what i have to do with the “teenagers” field or the area preferences, thus i can not yet have a booking relation. Nevertheless, had to generate a random order number up to 12-chars in length or Redsys would refuse the payment, claiming that the order is duplicated. The Redsys package is based on the PHP code provided by Redsys themselves, plus some hints at the implementations from various Go packages that did not know why they were so complicated. Had to grant select on table country to guest in order to show the select with the country options. I have changed the “Postal code” input in taxDetails for “Postcode” because this is the spell that it is used in the current web, i did not see a reason to change it—it is an accepted form—, and i did not want to have inconsistencies between forms.
2023-10-19 19:37:34 +00:00
#, c-format
msgid "%s must be at most %d."
msgstr "El valor de %s ha de ser com a màxim %d."
Remove “Party Details” from booking form, and stylize it a bit
2023-12-12 22:16:04 +00:00
#~ msgctxt "title"
#~ msgid "Party Details"
#~ msgstr "Dades dels visitants"
#~ msgctxt "input"
#~ msgid "Adults"
#~ msgstr "Adults"
#~ msgctxt "input"
#~ msgid "Teenagers (from 11 to 16 years old)"
#~ msgstr "Adolescents (entre 11 i 16 anys)"
#~ msgctxt "input"
#~ msgid "Children (up to 10 years old)"
#~ msgstr "Nens (fins a 10 anys)"
#~ msgctxt "input"
#~ msgid "Dogs"
#~ msgstr "Gossos"
#~ msgid "Number of adults can not be empty"
#~ msgstr "No podeu deixar el número d’adults en blanc."
#~ msgid "Number of adults must be an integer."
#~ msgstr "El número d’adults ha de ser enter."
#~ msgid "Number of adults must be one or greater."
#~ msgstr "El número d’adults no pot ser zero."
#~ msgid "Number of teenagers can not be empty"
#~ msgstr "No podeu deixar el número d’adolescents en blanc."
#~ msgid "Number of teenagers must be an integer."
#~ msgstr "El número d’adolescents ha de ser enter."
#~ msgid "Number of teenagers must be zero or greater."
#~ msgstr "El número d’adolescents ha de ser com a mínim zero."
#~ msgid "Number of children can not be empty"
#~ msgstr "No podeu deixar el número de nens en blanc."
#~ msgid "Number of children must be an integer."
#~ msgstr "El número de nens ha de ser enter."
#~ msgid "Number of children must be zero or greater."
#~ msgstr "El número de nens ha de ser com a mínim zero."
#~ msgid "Number of dogs can not be empty"
#~ msgstr "No podeu deixar el número de gossos en blanc."
#~ msgid "Number of dogs must be an integer."
#~ msgstr "El número de gossos ha de ser enter."
#~ msgid "Number of dogs must be zero or greater."
#~ msgstr "El número de gossos ha de ser com a mínim zero."
Show “Starting from” price with campsite types that have options In the old website, the prices where show with all the options, but in the new design only a single price is show, that in the case of campsites with options is the price per night of the “base” plus the minimum options selected.
2023-10-13 18:44:24 +00:00
#~ msgid "%s: %s €/night"
#~ msgstr "%s: %s €/nit"
Add the info and facilities fields to campsite type I wish CKEditor would have support for <dl>, but it is unlikely that they will add any time soon[0], specially when in 2018 they already “forgotten”[1] that this was requested back in 2007[2]. Therefore, in the demo i did it more or less like in the original design, with “extra” <h4>, although i added them under a <h3>, to avoid “gaps” in the outline. [0]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775 [1]: https://github.com/ckeditor/ckeditor5/issues/775#issuecomment-358591747 [2]: https://dev.ckeditor.com/ticket/1333
2023-10-13 11:40:48 +00:00
#~ msgctxt "title"
#~ msgid "Pricing"
#~ msgstr "Preus"
#~ msgctxt "input"
#~ msgid "Pricing"
#~ msgstr "Preus"
#~ msgctxt "input"
#~ msgid "Features"
#~ msgstr "Característiques"
Change “singular lodges” menu item to just “campsites”
2023-10-06 16:58:24 +00:00
#~ msgid "Singular Lodges"
#~ msgstr "Allotjaments singulars"
Add campsite type options, mainly for plots
2023-10-06 11:26:01 +00:00
#~ msgctxt "campsite type"
#~ msgid "Translations"
#~ msgstr "Traduccions"
Manage all media uploads in a single place It made no sense to have a file upload in each form that needs a media, because to reuse an existing media users would need to upload the exact same file again; this is very unusual and unfriendly. A better option is to have a “centralized” media section, where people can upload files there, and then have a picker to select from there. Ideally, there would be an upload option in the picker, but i did not add it yet. I’ve split the content from the media because i want users to have the option to update a media, for instance when they need to upload a reduced or cropped version of the same photo, without an edit they would need to upload the file as a new media and then update all places where the old version was used. And i did not want to trouble people that uploads the same photo twice: without the separate relation, doing so would throw a constraint error. I do not believe there is any security problem to have all companies link their media to the same file, as they were already readable by everyone and could upload the data from a different company to their own; in other words, it is not worse than it was now.
2023-09-20 23:56:44 +00:00
Add the services page This page is more or less similar to home, in terms of database: it has a carousel and a list of items; in this case, the definition of campsite services. As i said early, when adding the home carousel, this carousel has its own relation and set of functions to manage slides. They are also duplicated in Go code, but i think i will need to refactor it later to a carousel package or something like that, because both relations have the exact same fields and types, so it makes no sense to have twice the same code. I already did it with the CSS and JavaScript code, mostly because it was easier to replace the `.surroundings div` selector with `.carousel`, and because that way i can have a single template that loads and initializes Slick. There is no UI to create or edit service definitions, although there are the SQL functions, because i have no more time now, and Oriol needs to check that the style is correct for that page.
2023-09-17 01:42:16 +00:00
#~ msgid "Surroundings"
#~ msgstr "Entorn"
Make home page’s carousel manageable via the database I debated with myself whether to create the home_carousel relation or rather if it would be better to have a single carousel relation for all pages. However, i thought that it would be actually harder to maintain a single relation because i would need an additional column to tell one carrousel from another, and what would that column be? An enum? A foreign key to another relation? home_carousel carries no such issues. I was starting to duplicate logic all over the packages, such as the way to encode media paths or “localization” (l10n) input fields. Therefore, i refactorized them. In the case of media path, i added a function that accepts rows of media, because always need the same columns from the row, and it was yet another repetition if i needed to pass them all the time. Plus, these kind of functions can be called as `table.function`, that make them look like columns from the table; if PostgreSQL implemented virtual generated columns, i would have used that instead. I am not sure whether that media_path function can be immutable. An immutable function is “guaranteed to return the same results given the same arguments forever”, which would be true if the inputs where the hash and the original_filename columns, instead of the whole rows, but i left it as static because i did not know whether PostgreSQL interprets the “same row but with different values” as a different input. That is, whether PostgreSQL’s concept of row is the actual tuple or the space that has a rowid, irrespective of contents; in the latter case, the function can not be immutable. Just to be in the safe side, i left it stable. The home page was starting to grow a bit too much inside the app package, new that it has its own admin handler, and moved it all to a separate package.
2023-09-14 23:05:38 +00:00
#~ msgid "Legend"
#~ msgstr "Llegenda"
Add the Active field to the campsite type’s edit form and function In the new form this field is hidden and always active, because it makes no sense to add an inactive campsite type.
2023-08-14 09:43:58 +00:00
#~ msgctxt "input"
#~ msgid "Title"
#~ msgstr "Títol"
#~ msgctxt "title"
#~ msgid "Pages"
#~ msgstr "Pàgines"
#~ msgctxt "action"
#~ msgid "Add Page"
#~ msgstr "Afegeix pàgina"
#~ msgctxt "header"
#~ msgid "Title"
#~ msgstr "Títol"